summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--intl/ChangeLog4
-rw-r--r--intl/Makefile.in312
-rw-r--r--intl/README.cvs-commits13
-rw-r--r--intl/VERSION1
-rw-r--r--intl/bindtextdom.c368
-rw-r--r--intl/cat-compat.c262
-rwxr-xr-xintl/config.charset438
-rw-r--r--intl/dcgettext.c57
-rw-r--r--intl/dcigettext.c1257
-rw-r--r--intl/dcngettext.c59
-rw-r--r--intl/dgettext.c58
-rw-r--r--intl/dngettext.c60
-rw-r--r--intl/explodename.c191
-rw-r--r--intl/finddomain.c197
-rw-r--r--intl/gettext.c63
-rw-r--r--intl/gettext.h101
-rw-r--r--intl/gettextP.h251
-rw-r--r--intl/hash-string.h58
-rw-r--r--intl/intl-compat.c165
-rw-r--r--intl/intlh.inst.in111
-rw-r--r--intl/l10nflist.c404
-rw-r--r--intl/libgettext.h48
-rw-r--r--intl/libgnuintl.h127
-rw-r--r--intl/libintl.glibc111
-rw-r--r--intl/linux-msg.sed100
-rw-r--r--intl/loadinfo.h108
-rw-r--r--intl/loadmsgcat.c566
-rw-r--r--intl/localcharset.c271
-rw-r--r--intl/locale.alias77
-rw-r--r--intl/localealias.c403
-rw-r--r--intl/ngettext.c67
-rw-r--r--intl/plural.c1325
-rw-r--r--intl/plural.y412
-rw-r--r--intl/po2tbl.sed.in102
-rw-r--r--intl/ref-add.sin31
-rw-r--r--intl/ref-del.sin26
-rw-r--r--intl/textdomain.c141
-rw-r--r--intl/xopen-msg.sed104
-rw-r--r--macros/ChangeLog1191
-rw-r--r--macros/Makefile.am42
-rw-r--r--macros/README.cvs-commits13
-rw-r--r--macros/aclocal-include.m416
-rw-r--r--macros/autogen.sh207
-rw-r--r--macros/compiler-flags.m4109
-rw-r--r--macros/curses.m4318
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4166
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-common.m414
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-cxx-check.m410
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-fileutils.m4414
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-gettext.m4338
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m414
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m435
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4134
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4217
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-objc-checks.m483
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-orbit-check.m433
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-pilot.m4213
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-print-check.m463
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-pthread-check.m418
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-support.m468
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-undelfs.m422
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-vfs.m4126
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-x-checks.m480
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome-xml-check.m432
-rw-r--r--macros/gnome.m4130
-rw-r--r--macros/gperf-check.m479
-rw-r--r--macros/linger.m428
-rw-r--r--macros/need-declaration.m442
-rw-r--r--macros/psiconv.m453
69 files changed, 12757 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df904de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2001-05-23 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
+
+ * Version 0.10.38 released.
+
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..889ba239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+localcharset.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=1
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+ rm -f $*.h
+
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ rm -f $@
+ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+ $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+ -rpath $(libdir) \
+ -no-undefined
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+ cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ else \
+ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+ orig=charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+ rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+ rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+ else \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+ fi; \
+ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+ || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+ done
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
+ cd .. \
+ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88e3d581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/README.cvs-commits
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
+which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
+a very large number of modules.
+
+Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
+commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
+a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
+
+Thanks for your understanding,
+
+August 1st, 2001
+Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
+
diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..268da64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.38
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e5a74a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+ const char **dirnamep,
+ const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+ modified, only the current value is returned.
+ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+ modified nor returned. */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char **dirnamep;
+ const char **codesetp;
+{
+ struct binding *binding;
+ int modified;
+
+ /* Some sanity checks. */
+ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ modified = 0;
+
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding != NULL)
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->dirname;
+ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = result;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->codeset;
+ if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+ free (binding->codeset);
+
+ binding->codeset = result;
+ binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *codesetp = result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+ && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+ {
+ /* Simply return the default values. */
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have to create a new binding. */
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ struct binding *new_binding =
+ (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed;
+
+ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The default value. */
+ dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+ dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ dirname = result;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = dirname;
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+ }
+ else
+ /* The default value. */
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset != NULL)
+ {
+ char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+ codeset = result;
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ }
+ *codesetp = codeset;
+ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+ }
+ else
+ new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+ /* Now enqueue it. */
+ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+ {
+ new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ while (binding->next != NULL
+ && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+ binding = binding->next;
+
+ new_binding->next = binding->next;
+ binding->next = new_binding;
+ }
+
+ modified = 1;
+
+ /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
+ if (0)
+ {
+ failed_codeset:
+ if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ free (new_binding->dirname);
+ failed_dirname:
+ free (new_binding);
+ failed:
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
+ if (modified)
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+ return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+ return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..867d901b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/cat-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+# include <malloc.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+# include <nl_types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
+ defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
+ system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* The catalog descriptor. */
+static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
+
+/* Name of the default catalog. */
+static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
+
+/* Name of currently used catalog. */
+static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
+
+/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
+static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
+
+/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ nl_catd new_catalog;
+ char *new_name;
+ size_t new_name_len;
+ char *lang;
+
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
+ && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+ lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
+#else
+ lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ lang = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+#endif
+ if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+ lang = "C";
+
+ /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0')
+ domainname = default_catalog_name;
+
+ /* Compute length of added path element. */
+ new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
+ + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
+ + sizeof (".cat");
+
+ new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
+ if (new_name == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
+ new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+ if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ {
+ /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
+ sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
+ PACKAGE);
+ new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+ if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ {
+ free (new_name);
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Close old catalog. */
+ if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
+ catclose (catalog);
+ if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
+ free ((char *) catalog_name);
+
+ catalog = new_catalog;
+ catalog_name = new_name;
+
+ return (char *) catalog_name;
+}
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
+ char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
+ size_t new_val_len;
+
+ /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
+ the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
+ peanuts. */
+ new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
+ + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+
+ old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
+ if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ old_val = NULL;
+ new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
+ + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+ }
+ else
+ new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
+
+ new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
+ if (new_val == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+ cp = new_val;
+# else
+ cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
+# endif
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
+
+ if (old_val == NULL)
+ {
+# if __STDC__
+ stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# else
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
+ stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ stpcpy (cp, old_val);
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+ setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
+ free (new_val);
+# else
+ putenv (new_val);
+ /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
+ from now on. */
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+ return (char *) domainname;
+}
+
+#undef gettext
+char *
+gettext (msg)
+ const char *msg;
+{
+ int msgid;
+
+ if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+ return (char *) msg;
+
+ /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
+ The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
+ which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
+ msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
+ if (msgid == -1)
+ return (char *) msg;
+
+ return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
+}
+
+/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
+ for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
+ the string is not found return -1. */
+static int
+msg_to_cat_id (msg)
+ const char *msg;
+{
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
+ if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
+ return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..d6f36955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 win32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix win32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf win32 dos
+# CP950 win32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 win32
+# CP1251 glibc win32
+# CP1252 aix win32
+# CP1253 win32
+# CP1254 win32
+# CP1255 win32
+# CP1256 win32
+# CP1257 win32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5HKSCS glibc
+# GBK aix osf win32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc
+# SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd
+# JOHAB glibc win32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SJIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..469e78de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8456550d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr - 1;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = domain->nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ result = ((char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ return "C";
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5da2577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5130411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79aaa9ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4ddcc41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+ ++name;
+
+ return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+ char *name;
+ const char **language;
+ const char **modifier;
+ const char **territory;
+ const char **codeset;
+ const char **normalized_codeset;
+ const char **special;
+ const char **sponsor;
+ const char **revision;
+{
+ enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+ char *cp;
+ int mask;
+
+ *modifier = NULL;
+ *territory = NULL;
+ *codeset = NULL;
+ *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+ *special = NULL;
+ *sponsor = NULL;
+ *revision = NULL;
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = 0;
+ syntax = undecided;
+ *language = cp = name;
+ cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+ if (*language == cp)
+ /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
+ this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
+ cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+ else if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is the territory. */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *territory = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+ && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '.')
+ {
+ /* Next is the codeset. */
+ syntax = xpg;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *codeset = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+ cp - *codeset);
+ if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+ free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+ else
+ mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+ {
+ /* Next is the modifier. */
+ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *modifier = ++cp;
+
+ while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+ && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+ }
+
+ if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+ {
+ syntax = cen;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '+')
+ {
+ /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *special = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == ',')
+ {
+ /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *revision = ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+ separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
+ if (syntax == xpg)
+ {
+ if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+ if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+ }
+
+ return mask;
+}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4882554f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains. */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+ the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+ established bindings. */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+ const char *dirname;
+ char *locale;
+ const char *domainname;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *alias_value;
+ int mask;
+
+ /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+ and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+ language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+ Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
+ the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+ looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
+ the following order:
+ (1) revision
+ (2) sponsor
+ (3) special
+ (4) codeset
+ (5) normalized codeset
+ (6) territory
+ (7) audience/modifier
+ */
+
+ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+ be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We know something about this locale. */
+ int cnt;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->data != NULL)
+ return retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
+ *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
+ done. */
+ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ locale = strdup (alias_value);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+ locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+ &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+ &sponsor, &revision);
+
+ /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+ generalization. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+ codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ /* This means we are out of core. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+ if (retval->data == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ free (locale);
+
+ /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
+ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+ free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+ while (runp != NULL)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+ if (runp->data != NULL)
+ _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+ runp = runp->next;
+ free ((char *) here->filename);
+ free (here);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6402055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb588907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
+ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+ when cross-compiling. */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+# else
+ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
+ not portable enough. */
+ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+ /* The magic number. */
+ nls_uint32 magic;
+ /* The revision number of the file format. */
+ nls_uint32 revision;
+ /* The number of strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+ /* Size of hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+ /* Offset of first hashing entry. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettext.h */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee8ca48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+ nls_uint32 i;
+{
+ return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+ plural form. */
+struct expression
+{
+ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
+ enum operator
+ {
+ /* Without arguments: */
+ var, /* The variable "n". */
+ num, /* Decimal number. */
+ /* Unary operators: */
+ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
+ /* Binary operators: */
+ mult, /* Multiplication. */
+ divide, /* Division. */
+ module, /* Module operation. */
+ plus, /* Addition. */
+ minus, /* Subtraction. */
+ less_than, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_than, /* Comparison. */
+ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
+ not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
+ land, /* Logical AND. */
+ lor, /* Logical OR. */
+ /* Ternary operators: */
+ qmop /* Question mark operator. */
+ } operation;
+ union
+ {
+ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
+ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
+ } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+ the result in a thread-safe way. */
+struct parse_args
+{
+ const char *cp;
+ struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+ const char *data;
+ int use_mmap;
+ size_t mmap_size;
+ int must_swap;
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+ struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+ nls_uint32 hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+ int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+ char **conv_tab;
+
+ struct expression *plural;
+ unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
+ doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
+ from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
+struct binding
+{
+ struct binding *next;
+ char *dirname;
+ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
+ char *codeset;
+ char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+ become invalid.
+ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+ char *__locale,
+ const char *__domainname,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+ struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ struct binding *domainbinding,
+ const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#else
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#else
+extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37d4ce1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+ [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+ 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+ const char *str_param;
+{
+ unsigned long int hval, g;
+ const char *str = str_param;
+
+ /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
+ hval = 0;
+ while (*str != '\0')
+ {
+ hval <<= 4;
+ hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ if (g != 0)
+ {
+ hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+ hval ^= g;
+ }
+ }
+ return hval;
+}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8edaa17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+ Library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+ those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+ It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+ configured --with-included-gettext.
+
+ This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+ the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+ If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+ libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+
+# define gettext gettext__
+# define dgettext dgettext__
+# define dcgettext dcgettext__
+# define ngettext ngettext__
+# define dngettext dngettext__
+# define dcngettext dcngettext__
+# define textdomain textdomain__
+# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+
+ How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+ A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+ functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+ the shared libraries.
+ B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+ 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+ (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+ ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+ letting other shared libraries override it.
+ 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+ libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+ shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+ *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+
+ A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+ whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+ Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+ containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+ the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+ to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+ command line. */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
+}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62d323cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intlh.inst.in
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
+ `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+ false. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
+ whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+ translations. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
+ (__extension__ \
+ ({ \
+ char *__result; \
+ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
+ { \
+ static char *__translation__; \
+ static int __catalog_counter__; \
+ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
+ { \
+ __translation__ = \
+ (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ } \
+ __result = __translation__; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __result; \
+ }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..557253eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available. */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+ const char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ size_t count = 0;
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len + 1;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ count++;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+ except the last into the character SEP. */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+ int sep;
+{
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ if (len > 0)
+ *argz++ = sep;
+ }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+ const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t argz_len;
+ const char *entry;
+{
+ if (entry)
+ {
+ if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+ entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+ return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+ }
+ else
+ if (argz_len > 0)
+ return argz;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X. */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+ int x;
+{
+ /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
+ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+ x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+ x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+ x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+ territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+ const char *dirlist;
+ size_t dirlist_len;
+ int mask;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *filename;
+ int do_allocate;
+{
+ char *abs_filename;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ char *cp;
+ size_t entries;
+ int cnt;
+
+ /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
+ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ + strlen (language)
+ + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+ ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+ ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+ ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+ ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+ if (abs_filename == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval = NULL;
+ last = NULL;
+
+ /* Construct file name. */
+ memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+ __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+ cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+ if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+ leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
+ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+ }
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '+';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = ',';
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+ if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+ /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+ available. */
+ last = NULL;
+ for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+ if (retval->filename != NULL)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It's not in the list. */
+ retval = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ last = retval;
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+ {
+ free (abs_filename);
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+ malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+ * (1 << pop (mask))
+ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval->filename = abs_filename;
+ retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+ || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+ retval->data = NULL;
+
+ if (last == NULL)
+ {
+ retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+ *l10nfile_list = retval;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ retval->next = last->next;
+ last->next = retval;
+ }
+
+ entries = 0;
+ /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+ a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+ of the inner loop. */
+ cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+ for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+ if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+ && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+ && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+ {
+ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
+ char *dir = NULL;
+
+ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+ != NULL)
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+ language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+ const char *codeset;
+ size_t name_len;
+{
+ int len = 0;
+ int only_digit = 1;
+ char *retval;
+ char *wp;
+ size_t cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+ {
+ ++len;
+
+ if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+ only_digit = 0;
+ }
+
+ retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ if (only_digit)
+ wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+ else
+ wp = retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+ else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..553382ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+ translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..577001a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+ this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
+ warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) \
+ dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e5b8f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libintl.glibc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
+Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+Contributed by Ulrich Drepper.
+This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
+
+The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+#include <features.h>
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#define __need_NULL
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+ __const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the function above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
+ `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+ false. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
+ (__extension__ \
+ ({ \
+ char *result; \
+ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
+ { \
+ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ static char *__translation__; \
+ static int __catalog_counter__; \
+ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
+ { \
+ __translation__ = \
+ __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
+ } \
+ result = __translation__; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
+ result; \
+ }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5918e720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/linux-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number. We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+ s/msgid[ ]*"//
+#
+# This does not work now with the new format.
+# /"$/! {
+# s/\\$//
+# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+ G
+ s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+ s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
+# Clear substitution flag.
+ tb
+# Append the next line.
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+ P
+ D
+# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use D here.
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+ tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5171a8f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H 1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
+#define CEN_REVISION 1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
+#define XPG_CODESET 16
+#define TERRITORY 32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ int decided;
+
+ const void *data;
+
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+ size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+ const char *language, const char *territory,
+ const char *codeset,
+ const char *normalized_codeset,
+ const char *modifier, const char *special,
+ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+ const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+ the caller. */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+ const char **modifier,
+ const char **territory,
+ const char **codeset,
+ const char **normalized_codeset,
+ const char **special,
+ const char **sponsor,
+ const char **revision));
+
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif /* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d589243b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP 1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define open __open
+# define close __close
+# define read __read
+# define mmap __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+#else
+# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+ O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+ /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+ with all translations. This is important if the translations are
+ cached by one of GCC's features. */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = num,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .num = 1
+ }
+};
+static struct expression germanic_plural =
+{
+ .nargs = 2,
+ .operation = not_equal,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .args =
+ {
+ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+ Initialization at run-time. */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+static struct expression germanic_plural;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+ if (plone.val.num == 0)
+ {
+ plvar.nargs = 0;
+ plvar.operation = var;
+
+ plone.nargs = 0;
+ plone.operation = num;
+ plone.val.num = 1;
+
+ germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+ germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+ germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+ germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
+ }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+ Return the header entry. */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
+ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
+ char *nullentry;
+ size_t nullentrylen;
+
+ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
+ domain->codeset_cntr =
+ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+ domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+ /* Get the header entry. */
+ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *charsetstr;
+
+ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+ if (charsetstr != NULL)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ char *charset;
+ const char *outcharset;
+
+ charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+ charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+ this. Moreover, the value specified through
+ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
+ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+ {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+ outcharset = locale_charset ();
+# endif
+# endif
+ }
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* We always want to use transliteration. */
+ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+ != __GCONV_OK)
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
+# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ len = strlen (outcharset);
+ {
+ char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+ outcharset = tmp;
+ }
+# endif
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ freea (outcharset);
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ freea (charset);
+ }
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+ }
+
+ return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+ free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+ __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+ iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
+ message catalog do nothing. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ int fd;
+ size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ struct stat64 st;
+#else
+ struct stat st;
+#endif
+ struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+ int use_mmap = 0;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ const char *nullentry;
+
+ domain_file->decided = 1;
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
+
+ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+ might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
+ specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+ syntax. */
+ if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to open the addressed file. */
+ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+ if (fd == -1)
+ return;
+
+ /* We must know about the size of the file. */
+ if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+ __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+ || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+ || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+ {
+ /* Something went wrong. */
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
+ this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+ MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+ {
+ /* mmap() call was successful. */
+ close (fd);
+ use_mmap = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+ it manually. */
+ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ {
+ size_t to_read;
+ char *read_ptr;
+
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ to_read = size;
+ read_ptr = (char *) data;
+ do
+ {
+ long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+ if (nb <= 0)
+ {
+#ifdef EINTR
+ if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+ read_ptr += nb;
+ to_read -= nb;
+ }
+ while (to_read > 0);
+
+ close (fd);
+ }
+
+ /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+ catalog file. */
+ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+ 0))
+ {
+ /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+ if (domain == NULL)
+ return;
+ domain_file->data = domain;
+
+ domain->data = (char *) data;
+ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+ domain->mmap_size = size;
+ domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+ /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
+ switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+ domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+ domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+ domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+ domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* This is an invalid revision. */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ free (domain);
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+ specified character set or the locale's character set. */
+ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+ /* Also look for a plural specification. */
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *plural;
+ const char *nplurals;
+
+ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+ goto no_plural;
+ else
+ {
+ /* First get the number. */
+ char *endp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ struct parse_args args;
+
+ nplurals += 9;
+ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+ ++nplurals;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+ domain->nplurals = n;
+ if (nplurals == endp)
+ goto no_plural;
+
+ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+ is passed down to the parser. */
+ plural += 7;
+ args.cp = plural;
+ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+ goto no_plural;
+ domain->plural = args.res;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
+ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
+ no_plural:
+ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+ domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+ domain->nplurals = 2;
+ }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
+ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+ if (domain->use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+ else
+# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+ free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+ free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22e09e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#ifndef WIN32
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48940f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76f19a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+ const char *alias;
+ const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space;
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+ internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+ const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+ struct alias_map *retval;
+ const char *result = NULL;
+ size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ do
+ {
+ struct alias_map item;
+
+ item.alias = name;
+
+ if (nmap > 0)
+ retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+ sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+ const void *))
+ ) alias_compare);
+ else
+ retval = NULL;
+
+ /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ result = retval->value;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
+ added = 0;
+ while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ const char *start;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+ start = locale_alias_path;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+ && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+
+ if (start < locale_alias_path)
+ added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+ }
+ }
+ while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+ const char *fname;
+ int fname_len;
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *full_fname;
+ size_t added;
+ static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+ full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+ aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+ memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+ memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+ fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+ freea (full_fname);
+ if (fp == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ added = 0;
+ while (!feof (fp))
+ {
+ /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+ a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+ b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+ be that long
+ */
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ char *alias;
+ char *value;
+ char *cp;
+
+ if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* EOF reached. */
+ break;
+
+ /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
+ the rest of the line. */
+ if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+ {
+ char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ do
+ if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
+ will exit at the `feof' test. */
+ break;
+ while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+ }
+
+ cp = buf;
+ /* Ignore leading white space. */
+ while (isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+ {
+ alias = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate alias name. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
+ while (isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ size_t alias_len;
+ size_t value_len;
+
+ value = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate value. */
+ if (cp[0] == '\n')
+ {
+ /* This has to be done to make the following test
+ for the end of line possible. We are looking for
+ the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ *cp = '\n';
+ }
+ else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ if (nmap >= maxmap)
+ if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+ return added;
+
+ alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+ value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+ if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+ {
+ /* Increase size of memory pool. */
+ size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+ ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+ char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+ if (new_pool == NULL)
+ return added;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+ {
+ map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+ map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+ }
+ }
+
+ string_space = new_pool;
+ string_space_max = new_size;
+ }
+
+ map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ alias, alias_len);
+ string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+ map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ value, value_len);
+ string_space_act += value_len;
+
+ ++nmap;
+ ++added;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
+ errors. --drepper */
+ fclose (fp);
+
+ if (added > 0)
+ qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+ return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+ size_t new_size;
+ struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+ new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+ new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+ * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+ if (new_map == NULL)
+ /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
+ return -1;
+
+ map = new_map;
+ maxmap = new_size;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ if (string_space != NULL)
+ free (string_space);
+ if (map != NULL)
+ free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+ const struct alias_map *map1;
+ const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+ return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+ const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+ const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+ unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+ if (p1 == p2)
+ return 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+ some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
+ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+ c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+ if (c1 == '\0')
+ break;
+ ++p1;
+ ++p2;
+ }
+ while (c1 == c2);
+
+ return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b1fa02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81913356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1325 @@
+
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+ by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
+
+#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define EQUOP2 257
+#define CMPOP2 258
+#define ADDOP2 259
+#define MULOP2 260
+#define NUMBER 261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define YYFINAL 27
+#define YYFLAG -32768
+#define YYNTBASE 16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
+ 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+ 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
+ 37, 39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
+ 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
+ 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
+ 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
+ 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
+ 15, 0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+ 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
+ 221, 226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+ 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+ 17, 17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+ 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
+ 1, 3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+ 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
+ 5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = { -9,
+ -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
+ -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+ -1
+};
+
+
+#define YYLAST 53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = { 6,
+ 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
+ 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
+ 13, 14, 27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
+ 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+ when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C. */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+ since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+ instead, just don't use alloca. */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+ So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+/* #include <malloc.h> */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+ and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+ It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+ as one case of the switch. */
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+ This remains here temporarily to ease the
+ transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+ /* lookahead symbol */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+ /* symbol */
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+#endif /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+ from coexisting. */
+#endif
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
+
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+ (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+ should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+ definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+ of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+ char *to;
+ char *from;
+ unsigned int count;
+{
+ register char *f = from;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+ register char *t = to;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+ It should actually point to an object.
+ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ register short *yyssp;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
+
+ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+ int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+ int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+ int yychar;
+ YYSTYPE yylval;
+ int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+ /* semantic values from the action */
+ /* routines */
+
+ int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+yynewstate:
+
+ *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+ the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#else
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+ {
+ yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+ yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+ yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+ yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+ goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+ or a valid token in external form. */
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
+ {
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+ of a token, for further debugging info. */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+ fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ yyn += yychar1;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+ Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+ New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+ just return success.
+ 0, or most negative number => error. */
+
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state. */
+yydefault:
+
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+yyreduce:
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+ if (yylen > 0)
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+ fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+}
+ /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp++;
+ if (yylen == 0)
+ {
+ yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+ yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+ yylsp->text = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+ Determine what state that goes to,
+ based on the state we popped back to
+ and the rule number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
+
+ if (! yyerrstatus)
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ int size = 0;
+ char *msg;
+ int x, count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+ msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+ if (msg != 0)
+ {
+ strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+ if (count < 5)
+ {
+ count = 0;
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ {
+ strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+ strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+ strcat(msg, "'");
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror(msg);
+ free(msg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror("parse error");
+ }
+
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+ after shifting the error token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+ if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+ /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+ /* YYABORT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42ffa0eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3bcca4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
+\
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
+# include <config.h>\
+#endif\
+\
+#include "libgettext.h"\
+\
+const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# Write msgid entries in C array form.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+ s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
+ tb
+# Append the next line
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
+# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
+# it.
+ s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
+ bc
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use D here.
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
+# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
+ tb
+# Not reached
+ :c
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+ G
+ s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
+ s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
+ p
+}
+#
+# Last line.
+#
+$ {
+ i\
+};\
+
+ g
+ s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..167374e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..613cf37f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05c2fd76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain. */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ char *new_domain;
+ char *old_domain;
+
+ /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+ {
+ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+ /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+ environment variable changed. */
+ new_domain = old_domain;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+ will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
+ are out of core. */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+ }
+
+ /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+ since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+ to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ {
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ free (old_domain);
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b19c0bbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number. We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+ i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+ h
+ s/.*/0/
+ x
+}
+#
+# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
+#
+/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+# Does not work now
+# /"$/! {
+# s/\\$//
+# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+ s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
+ p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+ s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
+ x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+ td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+ :d
+ s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+ td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+ s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+ s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+ s/_/0/g
+ x
+# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
+ G
+ s/^[^\n]*$/& /
+ s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
+# Clear flag from last substitution.
+ tb
+# Append the next line.
+ :b
+ N
+# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
+ s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+ ta
+ P
+ D
+# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
+ :a
+ s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+ P
+# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
+ s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+ tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/macros/ChangeLog b/macros/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9edd673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+2001-11-28 Sebastian Rittau <srittau@jroger.in-berlin.de>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LINK_HOOK):
+ Fixed a typo: inlude -> include
+
+2001-10-24 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com>
+
+ * aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): do a test that is not
+ only always false, but works with autoconf 2.52 and isn't trying
+ to be too smart
+
+2001-10-02 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Complete intltool support.
+
+2001-10-02 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Add intltool support.
+
+2001-09-16 Eskil Heyn Olsen <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4:
+ PISOCK_CFLAGS no longer contains pilot-link version.
+
+2001-09-09 Eskil Heyn Olsen <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4:
+ Stuff to check version of gnome-pilot
+
+2001-08-20 Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
+
+ * gnome-undelfs.m4 (GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS): Specify additional
+ includes when testing for ext2fs/ext2fs.h.
+
+ * gnome-vfs.m4 (GNOME_WITH_VFS): Specify additional includes
+ when testing for rpc/pmap_clnt.h. Needed for Autoconf 2.50+
+ only - older versions don't try to compile headers and ignore
+ this argument.
+
+2001-08-04 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+ * .cvsignore: Ignore generated .dep file.
+
+2001-08-02 J.H.M. Dassen (Ray) <jdassen@debian.org>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: Made "--without-guile" work. Added $guile_msg
+ for reporting back.
+
+2001-07-24 Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+ * psiconv.m4 : Add psion macros from Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>
+
+2001-07-24 Frederic Crozat <fcrozat@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4 (AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT):
+ Correct minimal version test
+
+2001-06-22 Eskil Heyn Olsen <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4:
+ Fixed the cat of pi-version.h
+
+2001-06-20 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4: fix to include the CFLAGS for extra libraries
+
+2001-06-13 Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
+
+ * gnome-fileutils.m4: Always explicitly declare main() with the
+ return type `int'. Don't use exit() since it may be undeclared.
+ Use `return' instead.
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: Likewise.
+ * gperf-check.m4: Likewise.
+ * linger.m4: Likewise.
+
+2001-06-01 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g
+
+2001-05-24 Arturo Espinosa Aldama <arturo@ximian.com>
+
+ * 0.5 RELEASE
+
+2001-05-24 jacob berkman <jacob@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-pthread-check.m4 (GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK): add hp-ux specific
+ check from glib
+
+2001-05-19 Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+ * gnome-gettext.m4 : Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL so that newer versions
+ work.
+
+2001-04-16 Jaka Mocnik <jaka@gnu.org>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4: change $(cmd) to `cmd` in order to make it
+ usable in non-bash bourne shells.
+
+2001-03-01 JP Rosevear <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: quote a test and make sure incdir is always set
+ so 'cat' works
+
+2001-02-21 Lauris Kaplinski <lauris@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4: Replaced the awk alchemy with sed alchemy.
+ I seems to work now as long as gnome-config is working - but that is
+ the whole point of gnome-config, isn't it?
+
+2001-02-19 JP Rosevear <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: Revert my previous patch now that gnome-pim and
+ evolution are fixed to accomodate the change
+
+2001-02-19 JP Rosevear <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: AC_SUBST the PISOCK_LIBDIR var
+
+2001-02-17 Lauris Kaplinski <lauris@ximian.com>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4: Remove most of stuff here, but now
+ it at least WORKS
+
+2001-02-07 Kenneth Christiansen <kenneth@gnu.org>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Added test for xml-i18n-tools if
+ AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS is found.
+
+2001-01-05 Maciej Stachowiak <mjs@eazel.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Added missing PROG.
+
+2001-01-05 Maciej Stachowiak <mjs@eazel.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: xml-i18n-toolize if AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS is found
+ in configure.in.
+
+2000-11-05 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-bonobo-check.m4 (BONOBO_CFLAGS, BONOBO_LIBS): Added
+ stuff for `bonobox'.
+
+2000-08-01 Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
+
+ * curses.m4: AC_WARN replaced with AC_MSG_WARN in comments
+
+2000-06-23 Stanislav Brabec <utx@penguin.cz>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: Use 'PISOCK_INCLUDEDIR' in pisock version check.
+
+2000-06-17 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh: exit immediately if aclocal, autoheader, automake,
+ or autoconf fails, rather than continuing on with broken state.
+ (In the aclocal case, print a hopefully-useful explanatory
+ message.)
+
+2000-06-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-bonobo-check.am (AM_BONOBO_USES_OAF): New macro.
+ Checks whether Bonobo uses OAF and defines `BONOBO_USES_OAF'
+ if appropriate. Also provides `BONOBO_USES_OAF' automake
+ conditional.
+
+2000-06-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added `gnome-gettext.m4'.
+ (gnome_aclocal_DATA): Added `gnome-gettext.m4'.
+
+2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-autogen.sh: Moved to the `bin/' directory.
+
+2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-autogen.sh: If `USE_GNOME_2_MACROS' is set, use the
+ GNOME 2.0 macros from the `macros2' directory.
+
+2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-common.m4, Makefile.am: Install macros to
+ `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' when INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON.
+
+ * gnome-autogen.sh: New file. When using gnome-common instead
+ of the macros/ directory, use this in your autogen.sh.
+
+2000-05-15 Russell Steinthal <rms39@columbia.edu>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): An attempt to fix the gnome-pilot
+ check on Solaris (`$GNOME_CONFIG ...` returns more than one word,
+ so we need quotes around it to keep test from bombing out)
+
+2000-05-01 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): "But that trick NEVER works!"
+ "This time for sure!"
+
+Sun Apr 23 12:15:14 2000 George Lebl <jirka@5z.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4: add an extra lib of docklets. These checks are
+ braindamaged though, they don't fail and thus gnome-core for
+ example compiles without gnomecc. There need to be separate .m4
+ files or checks
+
+2000-04-19 Eskil Heyn Olsen <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): Changed the error string for gnome-pilot
+ (PILOT_LIBS): Fixes the gnome-config check
+
+2000-04-10 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): Fix a bug introduced in the
+ gnome-pilot-config to "gnome-config gpilot" change that caused not
+ having pilot-link installed to become a fatal error.
+
+2000-02-26 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au>
+
+ * gnome-gettext.m4: fix up check of LINGUAS variable so that we don't
+ get problems when LINGUAS contains `en' and ALL_LINGUAS contains
+ `en_GB' for instance.
+
+2000-02-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Don't run libtoolize when `NO_LIBTOOLIZE' is set.
+
+2000-02-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Fix GNUism introduced in the previous fix.
+
+2000-02-08 Miguel de Icaza <miguel@gnu.org>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Handle non GNU find programs.
+
+2000-02-05 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-types.m4 (AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE): New macro. This
+ is an improved version of AC_CHECK_TYPE which takes into account
+ that we need to #include some other header files on some systems
+ to get some types.
+ (GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES): Check for <sys/bitypes.h> for Tru64 and
+ use AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE rather than AC_CHECK_TYPE.
+
+2000-01-26 Dave Camp <campd@oit.edu>
+
+ * gnome-bonobo-check.m4 Include <bonobo.h> rather than
+ <bonobo/gnome-object.h>
+
+2000-01-26 Dave Camp <campd@oit.edu>
+
+ * gnome-bonobo-check.m4: Check for bonobo_object_get_type() rather
+ than gnome_object_get_type().
+
+2000-01-23 Peter Teichman <peter@helixcode.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: i broke the version-checking macro for other
+ distribs in my last commit. fixing that now.
+
+2000-01-22 Peter Teichman <peter@helixcode.com>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): fix the version-checking macro for
+ debian
+
+2000-01-20 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4: Look for sched_yield in -lrt, too.
+ Suggested by Drazen Kazar <dave@srce.hr>.
+
+2000-01-16 Vadim Strizhevsky <vadim@optonline.net>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: Fix typo in PILOT_LINK_HOOK.
+
+2000-01-15 Eskil Heyn Olsen <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: PILOT_LINK_HOOK now check pilot-link version.
+ GNOME_PILOT_CHECK defaults to requiring 0.9.3.
+
+2000-01-09 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Applied patch from R. Bernstein
+ <rocky@panix.com> - print a better error message when
+ LibGTop's major version number mismatches.
+
+1999-12-25 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: Applied patch from Colin Walters to make
+ it compile under Debian GNU/Linux.
+
+1999-12-05 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-checks.m4: Removed all guile variables.
+
+1999-11-18 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+ * gnome-xml-check.m4: Better scoping of below fix.
+
+1999-11-16 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+ * gnome-xml-check.m4: always AC_SUBST GNOME_XML_LIB, so that
+ output variable will always be present.
+
+1999-11-09 Eskil Heyn Olsen <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: uses test -r instead of test -e, was reported as
+ a portability bug wrt solaris.
+
+1999-10-31 Eskil Heyn Olsen <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+ * gnome-pilot.m4: added PILOT_LINK_CHECK, used by
+ GNOME_PILOT_CHECK. Adds --with-pisock=$dir_for_pilot_link.
+
+1999-10-24 Jacob Berkman <jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu>
+
+ * gnome-ghttp-check.m4: this should be a better fix
+
+1999-10-21 Jacob Berkman <jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu>
+
+ * gnome-ghttp-check.m4: use a temp value until we know that
+ ghttp exists. This will hopefully fix building on Solaris
+ machines
+
+1999-09-26 Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4 : Remove -Wpointer-arith. It generates large
+ numbers of warnings under glibc2.1.2 with a recent egcs release.
+ The glibc maintainers have suggested removing this flag because it
+ is useless.
+
+1999-09-01 Havoc Pennington <hp@pobox.com>
+
+ * gnome-xml-check.m4: If you're going to AC_PATH_PROG then use the
+ prog you find :-)
+
+1999-08-02 Peter Teichman <pat4@acpub.duke.edu>
+
+ * removed gnome-conduit-check.m4 - it should be distributed with
+ gnome-pilot
+
+1999-07-30 Peter Teichman <pat4@acpub.duke.edu>
+
+ * gnome-conduit-check.m4: added new file of checks. anything that
+ provides a pilot conduit is going to want this
+
+1999-07-07 Tuomas J. Lukka <lukka@iki.fi>
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: add a comment on how to get gtk-1.3 and
+ glib 1.3 from CVS
+
+1999-07-06 Tuomas J. Lukka <lukka@iki.fi>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: forbid compiling with Gtk-1.3 for now.
+ gnome only works with 1.2 so far.
+
+1999-07-05 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome.m4: Make "extra library" message slightly easier to read.
+
+Sat Jun 26 01:47:53 1999 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4: give -Wunused to gcc instead of -Wno-unused.
+
+1999-06-11 Tuomas J. Lukka <lukka@iki.fi>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: Debian has qt_null in -lqthreads but
+ no main. Changed both checks for 'main' to qt_null.
+ I hope this is correct - it shouldn't break anything.
+
+1999-05-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `gnome-bonobo-check.m4'.
+
+1999-05-09 Jacob Berkman <jberk+@cmu.edu>
+
+ * gnome-bonobo-check.m4: made test program return 0,
+ changed BONOBO_CHECK to not return "failure" on success
+
+1999-04-16 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4 (GNOME_PRINT_CHECK): Fix invocation of
+ AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT.
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Sort lines.
+
+Sun Mar 28 23:39:48 1999 Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
+
+ * gnome-vfs.m4: Add --with-vfs option. GNOME_VFS_LIBS still needs
+ to be fixed but that's not a problem because there's no libvfs, yet.
+
+1999-03-10 Tomislav Vujec <tvujec@carnet.hr>
+
+ * aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): Add ACLOCAL_FLAGS in
+ ACLOCAL. This allows maintainer rules to work if any of the macros
+ change.
+
+1999-03-10 Tomislav Vujec <tvujec@carnet.hr>
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Wrapped position parameter in
+ testing for additional inits. It gets expanded while generating
+ configure, resulting in an empty parameter list - syntax error in
+ for statement.
+
+1999-03-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Add a new paramater, which is passed to
+ GNOME_INIT_HOOK.
+ (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): New parameter "additional inits". This is a
+ list like "applets capplet", and the corresponding
+ GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS and GNOME_CAPPLETS_LIBS are defined.
+
+1998-03-01 Mark Crichton <crichton@gimp.org>
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks : Added HAVE_GNOME_OBJC conditional
+
+1998-02-27 Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4 : Require at least gtk+ 1.2 (pointless getting
+ bug reports with an old glib/gtk/gdk set..)
+
+1999-02-25 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-checks.m4: Require LibGTop >= 1.0.0.
+
+1999-02-22 Miguel de Icaza <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4: Only add the compilation warnings if the
+ compiler is GCC.
+
+1999-02-20 Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+ * gnome.m4: Added and exported ZVT_LIBS.
+
+Tue Feb 16 19:35:42 1999 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Require GTK+-1.1.16.
+
+1999-02-15 Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+ * gnome-gettext.m4: Work around a bug in BSDI's native sh, which in-
+ correctly expands ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}. Switched to if/fi variant.
+
+1999-02-15 Chris Lahey <clahey@umich.edu>
+
+ * gnome-print-check.m4: Copied this from libhnj/libhnj.m4. Almost
+ completely replaced the old version. The only usage difference is
+ that it defines GNOME_PRINT_LIBS instead of GNOME_PRINT_LIB and
+ defines GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS as well.
+
+1999-02-10 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4: Applied a patch from Kenneth Stailey;
+ use $CFLAGS when invoking $OBJC so the user can add additional
+ include paths.
+
+1999-02-05 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4: Don't add warning and compiler flags to
+ the CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS when they're cached. This fixes the
+ problem that CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS get longer and longer each
+ time you run a `config.status --recheck'.
+
+1999-02-04 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * aclocal-include.m4 (INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON): New automake
+ conditional that's always false.
+
+ * gnome-common.m4: New file. This defines a `GNOME_COMMON_INIT'
+ macro that should be used in all GNOME Applications outside
+ the CVS tree.
+
+ * Makefile.am: If we are `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON', install all
+ $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created
+ gnome-macros.dep in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'.
+
+1999-01-24 Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+ * gnome-pthread-check.m4: Add recognition of 2 more libraries -
+ pthreads and pthread-support build in libc (as on BSDI).
+
+1999-01-23 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-checks.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU): New macro. This
+ checks whether you have the LibGTop documentation installed and
+ defines `HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU' if appropriate. Also provides automake
+ conditional.
+
+1999-01-20 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * acinclude.m4 (ac_result): Unset CATOBJEXT so
+ that the macros and Makefiles correctly handle
+ disabling NLS when no gettext is found.
+
+1999-01-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-cxx-check.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_CXX): Rewrite to be saner.
+ Don't limit yourself to a fixed set of names for the compiler.
+
+1999-01-06 Nat Friedman <nat@nat.org>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-print-check.m4 to MACROS
+
+1999-01-05 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Include dirent.h before checking whether
+ `scandir' needs to be declared.
+ * need-declaration.m4: Revert change.
+
+1999-01-05 Miguel de Icaza <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+ * need-declaration.m4, gnome-support.m4: Fixed the scandir detection.
+
+1998-12-22 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4: Added and exported GNOME_APPLET_LIBS.
+
+1998-12-16 Sebastian Wilhelmi <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Removed all the stuff for argp, that was
+ causing gnomesupport not to build.
+
+1998-12-15 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-gettext.m4: Add the hacked version of the gettext
+ macros that is used in Gtk+ here.
+
+ * autogen.sh: Accept both AM_GNU_GETTEXT and AM_GNOME_GETTEXT.
+
+1998-12-15 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: All parts of GNOME will now require
+ LibGTop >= 0.99.0 which is the latest version from CVS and
+ already feature-freezed for GNOME 1.0.
+
+1998-12-09 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): Make this work
+ with more than one directory.
+
+1998-12-08 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Moved into the LibGTop module.
+ This file contains too much stuff that should only be used
+ internally in LibGTop, so it's better to have it there.
+
+1998-12-06 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Recognice OpenBSD as a valid
+ system and use the `freebsd' sysdeps directory for it.
+
+Sat Dec 5 23:30:01 PST 1998 Manish Singh <yosh@gimp.org>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: clear GUILE_LIBS and GUILE_INCS if
+ guile isn't there (quick fix)
+
+1998-12-05 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Recognice NetBSD as a valid
+ system and use the `freebsd' sysdeps directory for it.
+
+1998-12-03 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GLIBTOP_LINUX_VERSION_CODE):
+ Define this to be the same as LINUX_VERSION_CODE either from
+ <linux/version.h> or from the running kernel.
+
+1998-12-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * autogen.sh: "Improve" indentation and messages somewhat.
+
+1998-12-01 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+ * autogen.sh:
+ Platform fixes. grep -q is not portable, do not use.
+
+1998-12-01 Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Run gettextize if needed.
+ : Run libtoolize only if configure.in has "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL".
+
+1998-11-30 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4: Re-arranged tests such that "--without-gnome" is
+ fully supported. Not only is the logic now correct, programs
+ can test "want_gnome=yes/no" for the results of this arg.
+
+1998-11-27 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: All parts of GNOME will now require
+ LibGTop >= 0.29.0 which is the latest version from CVS.
+
+1998-11-20 James Henstridge <james@daa.com.au>
+
+ * gnome.m4(GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Changed the call to GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK
+ to GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],$2). Before if you specified that the
+ macro should not exit on errors, and you didn't have ORBit, the
+ script would fail anyway.
+
+1998-11-17 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: We need to check for <net/if_var.h>
+ and conditionally include it before <net/if_isppp.h> in the code
+ that check for I4B to make it work on FreeBSD 3.0.
+
+1998-10-25 Marius Vollmer <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: Add GUILE_LIBS to LIBS when checking
+ whether guile works. Adding them to LDFLAGS does not work on all
+ systems. (Thanks to Rusty Chris Holleman)
+
+1998-11-12 Andrew T. Veliath <andrewtv@usa.net>
+
+ * gnome-orbit-check.m4: Remove AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ORBIT). Add
+ AM_CONDITIONAL for HAVE_ORBIT. gnome-gnorba-check.m4: Same with
+ HAVE_GNORBA. Change GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK and GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK to use
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK, setting both gnome_cv_orbit_found and
+ gnome_cv_gnorba_found.
+
+ * gnome.m4: (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Add GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK if
+ gnome-config is found. New GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS library variable
+ (GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS is a superset of GNOMEUI_LIBS). Update
+ GNOME_LIBDIR and GNOME_INCLUDEDIR to to include the required
+ Gnorba info, if it is in a different location.
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-gnorba-check.m4 to Makefile.
+
+ * gnome-gnorba-check.m4: New file.
+
+1998-11-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (vsnprintf): Remove easy-vsnprintf hack -- it
+ doesn't work for Solaris 2.5 binaries running on Solaris 2.6.
+ From Frederic Devernay <devernay@istar.fr>.
+
+1998-11-06 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Fix stupid type (sterror_r -> strerror_r).
+
+1998-11-04 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (need_gnome_support): Set this unconditionally
+ to `yes'. We'll soon be losing this variable.
+
+1998-10-20 Andrew Veliath <andrewtv@usa.net>
+
+ * gnome-orbit-check.m4 (GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK): Add ORBIT_IDL
+ detection; fix failure flag.
+
+1998-10-12 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4 (warnCFLAGS): Added `-Wno-unused'.
+
+1998-10-11 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_postinstall): Use `:' instead
+ of the empty string if there is nothing to do since the empty string
+ is no valid shell sytax.
+
+1998-10-11 Marius Vollmer <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: Check for "guile-config" and then for
+ "build-guile", if guile-config couldn't be found. Do not
+ explicitely include output from "info libdir", it is already
+ included in "link". Use "compile" instead of "info includedir". Do
+ not include "1.2" in error message when Guile can't be found at
+ all.
+
+1998-10-11 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Added optional
+ third parameter which is the `script-if-enabled' parameter of
+ the GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOOK.
+
+1998-10-05 Karl Eichwalder <ke@suse.de>
+
+ * gnome-xml-check.m4: Fix typo while signaling the error.
+
+1998-10-05 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4 (warnCFLAGS): Remove `-W'.
+ (warn-unused): Remove.
+
+1998-10-01 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_postinstall):
+ Added `AC_SUBST(libgtop_postinstall)'. This is used in
+ `src/daemon/Makefile.am' to make the server suid root or
+ sgid kmem if required.
+
+1998-09-28 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it accept libgtop >= 0.25.0 again.
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Make the default not to build the
+ LibGTop examples.
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4 (--enable-warn-unused): New configure parameter
+ to add `-Wunused' to the warning flags.
+
+1998-09-27 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it require libgtop >= 0.26.2.
+
+1998-09-24 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-ghttp-check.m4: Add checks for -lsocket -lnsl.
+
+1998-09-18 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Remove commented out code.
+
+1998-09-12 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added (AC_SUBST): `libgtop_have_sysinfo'.
+
+1998-09-09 Martin Baulig <baulig@merkur.uni-trier.de>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added check for SMP support.
+ (--with-libgtop-smp): New parameter, default is to enable
+ it only if you're running configure on a SMP system.
+ Added (AC_DEFINE): `HAVE_LIBGTOP_SMP' if enabled.
+ (LIBGTOP_SMP): New automake conditional.
+
+1998-09-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Remove check for `canonicalize_file_name'.
+
+1998-09-02 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Check for canonicalize_file_name () and
+ realpath () and add `canonicalize.o' to LIBOBJS if required.
+
+1998-08-30 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE'.
+ Added (AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED): `LIBGTOP_VERSION', `LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE',
+ `LIBGTOP_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO,SERVER}_VERSION'.
+
+1998-08-29 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it require libgtop >= 0.26.0.
+ Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_INTERFACE_AGE' and `LIBGTOP_BINARY_AGE'.
+
+1998-08-27 Christopher Blizzard <blizzard@appliedtheory.com>
+
+ * gnome-ghttp-check.m4: Umm...I think this works better. Doesn't
+ break anything anyway.
+ Oooo...it actually works now. Forgot a ,
+
+1998-08-26 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Make it work
+ with a brain-dead /bin/sh and a brain-dead /bin/test.
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Use `AC_MSG_WARN'
+ if LibGTop cannot be found and the `fail' argument is not given.
+
+1998-08-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS): Added `setreuid',
+ `setregid' and `getpagesize'.
+ (AC_TYPE_UID_T): New check.
+
+1998-08-24 Christopher Blizzard <blizzard@appliedtheory.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-ghttp-check.m4 to the Makefile.
+
+1998-08-23 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): You can give
+ this macro two parameters: the required version number and
+ an optional `fail' argument to make it fail if LibGTop is
+ not found.
+
+1998-08-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: Added check for `-lnsl' and `-lsocket'
+ if `build-guile' cannot be found.
+
+1998-08-20 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * compiler-flags.m4: New file. Defines the
+ GNOME_COMPILER_WARNINGS macro.
+ * autogen.sh (conf_flags): Add `--enable-compile-warnings' to list
+ of flags passed to `configure'.
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add compiler-flags.m4.
+
+1998-08-18 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: make it require libgtop >= 0.25.0.
+ Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION' and `LIBGTOP_EXTRA_LIBS'.
+
+1998-08-17 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Completely rewrote this file. It
+ uses now the `libgtop-config' script and also checks for
+ correct libgtop version.
+
+1998-08-06 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added `freebsd' directory.
+
+1998-08-04 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Define USE_DEVGTK unconditionally to `true'.
+
+1998-08-04 Stuart Parmenter <pavlov@innerx.net>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: (AM_PATH_GTK) make it require GTK >= 1.1.1
+ dnl'd the dev_gtk since they will have to anyways.
+
+1998-08-04 Sebastian Wilhelmi <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
+
+ * gnome.m4: (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Call $1 also, if `gnome-config' is
+ found and used
+
+1998-08-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_CONFIG): Use the `gnome-config' program if it
+ exists.
+
+1998-08-01 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove `macros.dep'.
+
+1998-07-30 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES): New macro.
+ Checks for `u_int64_t' and `int64_t'.
+
+1998-07-29 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Added (AC_SUBST):
+ `LIBGTOP_NAMES_LIBS', `LIBGTOP_NAMES_INCS',
+ `LIBGTOP_GUILE_LIBS', `LIBGTOP_GUILE_NAMES_LIBS',
+ `LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION', `LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION',
+ `LIBGTOP_VERSION'.
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_sysdeps_dir):
+ Added `AC_SUBST(libgtop_sysdeps_dir)'.
+
+1998-07-29 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Check for functions that `error.c' looks for.
+
+1998-07-29 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-fileutils.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): Removed.
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): New check.
+
+1998-07-27 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Changed Gtk version test to use
+ GTK_HAVE_FEATURES_1_1_0.
+
+Sun Jul 26 13:59:53 EDT 1998 Daniel Veillard <Daniel.Veillard@w3.org>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-xml-check.m4
+ * gnome-xml-check.m4: New file.
+
+1998-07-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4: No longer requiring
+ `GNOME_LIBGTOP_SYSDEPS'.
+
+Fri Jul 24 00:45:38 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Added linger.m4.
+ * linger.m4: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 23 22:41:23 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-undelfs.m4, gnome-vfs.m4.
+ * gnome-undelfs.m4: New file.
+ * gnome-vfs.m4: New file.
+
+1998-07-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-fileutils.m4: Added some reasonable defaults to allow
+ cross compiling; removed `mountlist.o' and `fsusage.o' from
+ LIBOBJS.
+
+Tue Jul 21 23:44:53 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4: If no build-guile, link against readline
+ before termcap.
+
+1998-07-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `need-declaration.m4'.
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memmove, strtod,
+ strtol, strtoul.
+ (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS): New check. Check whether `gethostname'
+ needs to be declared.
+
+ * need-declaration.m4: New file. Stolen from EGCS.
+
+1998-07-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add check for `mkstemp'.
+
+Wed Jul 1 13:50:39 1998 Scott D. Heavner <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+ * curses.m4: add some docs and start using with tcd
+
+1998-06-29 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add all the `.m4' files here.
+
+Mon Jun 29 11:12:04 1998 Scott D. Heavner <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+ * curses.m4: Need AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) not CURSES_INCLUDES
+
+Mon Jun 29 10:35:22 1998 Scott D. Heavner <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+ * curses.m4: rm conftext* should read rm conftest*, was leaving
+ conftest.c files around.
+
+1998-06-27 Christopher Blizzard <blizzard@foo.appliedtheory.com>
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4: Use egcs if it's available. The gcc that
+ ships with RedHat 5.1 doesn't do objc, egcs does.
+
+Fri Jun 26 14:36:08 1998 Scott D. Heavner <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+ * curses.m4 (AC_CHECK_CURSES): New check. mangled out of mc's
+ configure.in
+
+1998-06-24 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-fileutils.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): New check.
+ (vprintf): New check.
+ (ftruncate.c): Remove check.
+ This needs to be further cleaned up to only list what is
+ needed for gdiskfree.
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-fileutils.m4.
+
+1998-06-14 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (LINUX_TABLE): New automake conditional;
+ also defines HAVE_LINUX_TABLE.
+
+1998-06-13 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added check for the table ()
+ system call in the linux kernel.
+
+1998-06-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4 (USE_DEVGTK): Use AC_EGREP_CPP rather than
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER. AC_CHECK_HEADER is fooled by warnings.
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (AC_PROG_AWK): Look for awk.
+ (CROSS_COMPILING): Remove conditional.
+
+Wed Jun 10 14:19:39 EDT 1998 Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: More tweeks to make building against gtk 1.0
+ and gtk1.1 less painful.
+
+1998-06-08 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (CROSS_COMPILING): New automake conditional;
+ (need_gnome_support): added `AC_SUBST(need_gnome_support)'.
+
+1998-06-07 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_GUILE): When
+ cross-compiling, we now check for `$host_alias-buile-guile'.
+
+1998-06-03 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-guile-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_GUILE): Looks also
+ in $GNOME_LIBDIR; added failflag: GNOME_CHECK_GUILE(fail)
+ will abort if guile cannot be found.
+
+1998-05-23 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK):
+ (libgtop_use_machine_h): Set this to true on SunOS.
+
+1998-05-22 Martin Baulig <baulig@merkur.uni-trier.de>
+
+ * gnome-fileutils.m4 (GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS): New file.
+ Imported from `configure.in' in GNU fileutils 3.16. It does
+ all the checks that are needed for the diskusage applet.
+
+1998-05-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK): New file.
+ Checks whether libgtop is installed and reads its `libgtopConf.sh'
+ file if it can be found. Defines HAVE_LIBGTOP on success and
+ provides HAVE_LIBGTOP automake conditional.
+
+1998-05-21 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+ * gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_SYSDEPS): New file.
+ (libgtop_sysdeps_dir): sysdeps directory libgtop uses.
+ (libgtop_use_machine_h): define HAVE_GLIBTOP_MACHINE_H if this
+ is `yes'.
+ (libgtop_need_server): we only need the libgtop server, when
+ this has a value of `yes'. Defines NEED_LIBGTOP and NEED_LIBGTOP
+ automake conditional.
+
+1998-05-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (strerror): New check.
+ (sys_errlist): Check for this variable, needed for `strerror'.
+ (program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name): Change
+ method used to check for these.
+
+1998-05-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Remove simple-minded check for `gtk+'.
+
+Fri Apr 24 16:43:38 1998 Owen Taylor <otaylor@gtk.org>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Pass the results of the environment variable
+ ACLOCAL_FLAGS to aclocal. This allows, for instance,
+
+ ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I /home/owen/share/aclocal/" autogen.sh
+
+Sun Apr 19 01:35:53 EDT 1998 Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Updated the gtk check to check for 1.0.0.
+
+1998-04-08 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * autogen.sh: Update to list newer versions of packages.
+ * gnome-support.m4: Add `scandir' to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS.
+ Also run AC_HEADER_DIRENT.
+
+1998-03-31 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Look for vasprintf.
+
+Thu Mar 19 23:23:30 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4: An empty true branch of an `if' statement is not valid
+ sh syntax. If GNOME_INIT_HOOK argument $1 is empty, use ":"
+ instead.
+
+1998-03-19 Miguel de Icaza <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Provide a way to hook some code to
+ execute; Accept a probe mode.
+
+ (GNOME_INIT): Define in terms of GNOME_INIT_HOOK.
+
+Thu Mar 19 00:17:46 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Cache results of check for
+ program_invocation_short_name, program_invocation_name. Check to
+ make sure argp functions are in a library.
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Cache results of argp check.
+
+Sun Mar 15 15:54:43 1998 Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Replaced checks for X and GTK
+ with AM_PATH_GTK. x_include, X_LIBS, etc, variables no longer
+ defined.
+
+1998-03-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Add a check for <linewrap.h> -- this enables
+ some optimizations when compiling `argp'.
+
+Mon Mar 9 19:32:42 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Build vsnprintf.o, not vsnprint.o.
+
+1998-03-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Add check for `vsnprintf'.
+
+Sun Mar 8 17:04:28 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: Set need_gnome_support shell variable. Define
+ BUILD_GNOME_SUPPORT automake conditional. Define LTLIBOBJS. Look
+ for argp_domain element in struct argp.
+
+Sat Mar 7 00:04:22 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Add argp-pvh.o to
+ LIBOBJS.
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Check for strnlen().
+
+Wed Mar 4 01:02:55 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Check for argp code,
+ strndup, program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name.
+
+Mon Mar 2 15:27:44 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Also check for SMlib.h; some
+ Solaris systems have -lSM but not SMlib.h.
+
+Sun Mar 1 17:49:42 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Changed spacing so --help output looks
+ right.
+
+Fri Feb 27 10:05:34 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_OBJC): Set OBJECTIVE_C shell
+ variable.
+
+1998-02-26 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4 (CPPFLAGS): Put $X_CFLAGS here, not in
+ $CFLAGS.
+ (GNOME_HAVE_SM): New var. `true' if we have libSM, `false'
+ otherwise.
+
+1998-02-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome.m4: Remove `GNOME_CHECK_GNOME'.
+
+1998-02-18 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Replace `strcasecmp' if
+ necessary.
+
+1998-02-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `gnome-pthread-check.m4'.
+ * gnome-pthread-check.m4: New file. Moved pthread check from
+ gnome-x-checks.m4 to here.
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4: Use `gnome-pthread-check'.
+ (OBJC_LIBS): New config var.
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Add `AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM)' if `-lSM' is
+ already part of `$x_libs'.
+ Move pthread check to new file.
+
+Sat Feb 14 12:45:35 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (macros.dep): Use single quotes, not double quotes.
+ Otherwise bash will interpret `$(...)' incorrectly.
+ (EXTRA_DIST): Include macros.dep in distribution.
+
+1998-02-14 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (macros.dep): Put back doubled `$'. We want the
+ expansion to occur in the including Makefile, not here.
+ Otherwise, there will be an extra `../' in the rule.
+
+Sat Feb 14 17:41:28 KST 1998 Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
+
+ * autogen.sh: multilple aclocal -I directories.
+
+Sat Feb 14 01:09:37 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (macros.dep): Removed extra `$' from rule.
+
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Only check for -lSM if not already in
+ x_libs.
+
+1998-02-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add `autogen.sh'.
+
+ * gnome-objc-checks.m4 (GNOME_INIT_OBJC): Solaris /bin/sh doesn't
+ understand `test -e'.
+
+ * autogen.sh: New file.
+
+ * gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Look for gnomeConf.sh in $libdir, where
+ the installation actually installs it.
+
+ * Makefile.am (macros.dep): New maintainer rule for handling
+ automatic rebuilding of aclocal.m4 if any of the macros change.
+ (MACROS): New variable. List of all `m4' macros in this
+ directory.
+
+1998-02-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome-support.m4: New file. Defines GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS for
+ libsupport.a support.
+
+1998-02-10 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+ * gnome.m4: New file. Moved AC_CHECK_GNOME from `configure.in' to
+ here, and renamed macro to GNOME_CHECK_GNOME.
+ * gnome-x-checks.m4: Likewise, move and renaming AC_GNOME_X_CHECKS
+ to GNOME_X_CHECKS.
+
+ * aclocal-include.m4: New file. Defines AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE macro
+ to provide extra search directories to `aclocal'.
+
+*Local Variables:
+*backup-inhibited: t
+*End:
diff --git a/macros/Makefile.am b/macros/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5cc043b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+## Please update this variable if any new macros are created
+
+MACROS= \
+ aclocal-include.m4 \
+ compiler-flags.m4 \
+ curses.m4 \
+ gnome-bonobo-check.m4 \
+ gnome-fileutils.m4 \
+ gnome-ghttp-check.m4 \
+ gnome-gnorba-check.m4 \
+ gnome-guile-checks.m4 \
+ gnome-libgtop-check.m4 \
+ gnome-objc-checks.m4 \
+ gnome-orbit-check.m4 \
+ gnome-print-check.m4 \
+ gnome-pthread-check.m4 \
+ gnome-support.m4 \
+ gnome-undelfs.m4 \
+ gnome-vfs.m4 \
+ gnome-x-checks.m4 \
+ gnome-xml-check.m4 \
+ gnome.m4 \
+ gperf-check.m4 \
+ linger.m4 \
+ need-declaration.m4
+
+EXTRA_DIST=$(MACROS) gnome-common.m4 gnome-gettext.m4 autogen.sh
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES=macros.dep
+
+@MAINT@macros.dep: Makefile.am
+@MAINT@ @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(MACROS:%=macros/%)' > $@
+
+if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON
+gnome_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros
+
+gnome-macros.dep: Makefile.am
+ @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(MACROS:%=$(gnome_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@
+
+gnome_aclocal_DATA = $(MACROS) gnome-macros.dep gnome-common.m4 \
+ gnome-gettext.m4 autogen.sh
+
+endif
diff --git a/macros/README.cvs-commits b/macros/README.cvs-commits
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88e3d581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/README.cvs-commits
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
+which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
+a very large number of modules.
+
+Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
+commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
+a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
+
+Thanks for your understanding,
+
+August 1st, 2001
+Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
+
diff --git a/macros/aclocal-include.m4 b/macros/aclocal-include.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43f9dbc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/aclocal-include.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# aclocal-include.m4
+#
+# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories
+# that `aclocal' searches for macros.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE],
+[
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, false)
+
+ test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+
+ for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done
+])
diff --git a/macros/autogen.sh b/macros/autogen.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71f7dfcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/autogen.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
+
+DIE=0
+
+if [ -n "$GNOME2_PATH" ]; then
+ ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_PATH/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+ PATH="$GNOME2_PATH/bin:$PATH"
+ export PATH
+fi
+
+(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+ echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
+ echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
+ DIE=1
+}
+
+(grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+ (intltoolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: You must have \`intltoolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+ echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/intltool/intltool-0.10.tar.gz"
+ echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+ DIE=1
+ }
+}
+
+(grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+ (xml-i18n-toolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: You must have \`xml-i18n-toolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+ echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/xml-i18n-tools/xml-i18n-tools-0.9.tar.gz"
+ echo "(or a newer version of xml-i18n-tools or intltool if it is available)"
+ DIE=1
+ }
+}
+
+(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+ (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: You must have \`libtool' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+ echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool-1.2d.tar.gz"
+ echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+ DIE=1
+ }
+}
+
+#grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null && {
+# grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null || \
+# (gettext --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+# echo
+# echo "**Error**: You must have \`gettext' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+# echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.10.39.tar.gz"
+# echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+# DIE=1
+# }
+#}
+
+#grep "^AM_GNOME_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null && {
+# grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null || \
+# (gettext --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+# echo
+# echo "**Error**: You must have \`gettext' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+# echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.10.39.tar.gz"
+# echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+# DIE=1
+# }
+#}
+
+(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+ echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
+ echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+ DIE=1
+ NO_AUTOMAKE=yes
+}
+
+
+# if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal
+test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'. The version of \`automake'"
+ echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough."
+ echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
+ echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+ DIE=1
+}
+
+if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+if test -z "$*"; then
+ echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments."
+ echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the"
+ echo \`$0\'" command line."
+ echo
+fi
+
+case $CC in
+xlc )
+ am_opt=--include-deps;;
+esac
+
+for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print`
+do
+ dr=`dirname $coin`
+ if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then
+ echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen
+ else
+ echo processing $dr
+ macrodirs=`sed -n -e 's,AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(\(.*\)),\1,gp' < $coin`
+ ( cd $dr
+ macrosdir=`find . -name macros -print`
+ for i in $macrodirs; do
+ if test -f $i/gnome-gettext.m4; then
+ DELETEFILES="$DELETEFILES $i/gnome-gettext.m4"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ echo "deletefiles is $DELETEFILES"
+ aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+ for k in $aclocalinclude; do
+ if test -d $k; then
+ if [ -f $k/gnome.m4 -a "$GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION" = "1" ]; then
+ rm -f $DELETEFILES
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ for k in $macrodirs; do
+ if test -d $k; then
+ aclocalinclude="$aclocalinclude -I $k"
+ if [ -f $k/gnome.m4 -a "$GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION" = "1" ]; then
+ rm -f $DELETEFILES
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ if grep "sed.*POTFILES" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ : do nothing -- we still have an old unmodified configure.in
+ else
+ echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
+ test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
+ echo "Running gettextize... Ignore non-fatal messages."
+ echo "no" | gettextize --force --copy
+ echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
+ test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
+ fi
+ fi
+ if grep "^AM_GNOME_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
+ test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
+ echo "Running gettextize... Ignore non-fatal messages."
+ echo "no" | gettextize --force --copy
+ echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
+ test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
+ fi
+ if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ echo "Running intltoolize..."
+ intltoolize --copy --force --automake
+ fi
+ if grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ echo "Running xml-i18n-toolize..."
+ xml-i18n-toolize --copy --force --automake
+ fi
+ if grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ if test -z "$NO_LIBTOOLIZE" ; then
+ echo "Running libtoolize..."
+ libtoolize --force --copy
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..."
+ aclocal $aclocalinclude || {
+ echo
+ echo "**Error**: aclocal failed. This may mean that you have not"
+ echo "installed all of the packages you need, or you may need to"
+ echo "set ACLOCAL_FLAGS to include \"-I \$prefix/share/aclocal\""
+ echo "for the prefix where you installed the packages whose"
+ echo "macros were not found"
+ exit 1
+ }
+
+ if grep "^AM_CONFIG_HEADER" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+ echo "Running autoheader..."
+ autoheader || { echo "**Error**: autoheader failed."; exit 1; }
+ fi
+ echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..."
+ automake --add-missing --gnu $am_opt ||
+ { echo "**Error**: automake failed."; exit 1; }
+ echo "Running autoconf ..."
+ autoconf || { echo "**Error**: autoconf failed."; exit 1; }
+ ) || exit 1
+ fi
+done
+
+conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" #--enable-iso-c
+
+if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then
+ echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ...
+ $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \
+ && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1
+else
+ echo Skipping configure process.
+fi
diff --git a/macros/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros/compiler-flags.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63f8e2e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/compiler-flags.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS
+dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings
+dnl For now, only works on GCC
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings,
+ [ --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes] Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_compile_warnings=minimum)
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler)
+ warnCFLAGS=
+ if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
+ enable_compile_warnings=no
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$enable_compile_warnings" != "xno"; then
+ if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+ case " $CFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) warnCFLAGS="-Wall -Wunused" ;;
+ esac
+
+ ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled
+ ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
+ if test "x$enable_compile_warnings" = "xyes"; then
+ warnCFLAGS="$warnCFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCFLAGS)
+
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c,
+ [ --enable-iso-c Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],,
+ enable_iso_c=no)
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler)
+ complCFLAGS=
+ if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then
+ if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+ case " $CFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case " $CFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS)
+ if test "x$cflags_set" != "xyes"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $warnCFLAGS $complCFLAGS"
+ cflags_set=yes
+ AC_SUBST(cflags_set)
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl For C++, do basically the same thing.
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings,
+ [ --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes] Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum)
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
+ warnCXXFLAGS=
+ if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
+ enable_compile_warnings=no
+ fi
+ if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then
+ if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+ case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;;
+ esac
+
+ ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled
+ ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
+ if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then
+ warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS)
+
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx,
+ [ --enable-iso-cxx Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],,
+ enable_iso_cxx=no)
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
+ complCXXFLAGS=
+ if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then
+ if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+ case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;;
+ esac
+
+ case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+ *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;;
+ *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS)
+ if test "x$cxxflags_set" != "xyes"; then
+ CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS"
+ cxxflags_set=yes
+ AC_SUBST(cxxflags_set)
+ fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/curses.m4 b/macros/curses.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5307e13d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/curses.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+dnl Curses detection: Munged from Midnight Commander's configure.in
+dnl
+dnl What it does:
+dnl =============
+dnl
+dnl - Determine which version of curses is installed on your system
+dnl and set the -I/-L/-l compiler entries and add a few preprocessor
+dnl symbols
+dnl - Do an AC_SUBST on the CURSES_INCLUDEDIR and CURSES_LIBS so that
+dnl @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ and @CURSES_LIBS@ will be available in
+dnl Makefile.in's
+dnl - Modify the following configure variables (these are the only
+dnl curses.m4 variables you can access from within configure.in)
+dnl CURSES_INCLUDEDIR - contains -I's and possibly -DRENAMED_CURSES if
+dnl an ncurses.h that's been renamed to curses.h
+dnl is found.
+dnl CURSES_LIBS - sets -L and -l's appropriately
+dnl CFLAGS - if --with-sco, add -D_SVID3
+dnl has_curses - exports result of tests to rest of configure
+dnl
+dnl Usage:
+dnl ======
+dnl 1) Add lines indicated below to acconfig.h
+dnl 2) call AC_CHECK_CURSES after AC_PROG_CC in your configure.in
+dnl 3) Instead of #include <curses.h> you should use the following to
+dnl properly locate ncurses or curses header file
+dnl
+dnl #if defined(USE_NCURSES) && !defined(RENAMED_NCURSES)
+dnl #include <ncurses.h>
+dnl #else
+dnl #include <curses.h>
+dnl #endif
+dnl
+dnl 4) Make sure to add @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ to your preprocessor flags
+dnl 5) Make sure to add @CURSES_LIBS@ to your linker flags or LIBS
+dnl
+dnl Notes with automake:
+dnl - call AM_CONDITIONAL(HAS_CURSES, test "$has_curses" = true) from
+dnl configure.in
+dnl - your Makefile.am can look something like this
+dnl -----------------------------------------------
+dnl INCLUDES= blah blah blah $(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR)
+dnl if HAS_CURSES
+dnl CURSES_TARGETS=name_of_curses_prog
+dnl endif
+dnl bin_PROGRAMS = other_programs $(CURSES_TARGETS)
+dnl other_programs_SOURCES = blah blah blah
+dnl name_of_curses_prog_SOURCES = blah blah blah
+dnl other_programs_LDADD = blah
+dnl name_of_curses_prog_LDADD = blah $(CURSES_LIBS)
+dnl -----------------------------------------------
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl The following lines should be added to acconfig.h:
+dnl ==================================================
+dnl
+dnl /*=== Curses version detection defines ===*/
+dnl /* Found some version of curses that we're going to use */
+dnl #undef HAS_CURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* Use SunOS SysV curses? */
+dnl #undef USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* Use old BSD curses - not used right now */
+dnl #undef USE_BSD_CURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* Use SystemV curses? */
+dnl #undef USE_SYSV_CURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* Use Ncurses? */
+dnl #undef USE_NCURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* If you Curses does not have color define this one */
+dnl #undef NO_COLOR_CURSES
+dnl
+dnl /* Define if you want to turn on SCO-specific code */
+dnl #undef SCO_FLAVOR
+dnl
+dnl /* Set to reflect version of ncurses *
+dnl * 0 = version 1.*
+dnl * 1 = version 1.9.9g
+dnl * 2 = version 4.0/4.1 */
+dnl #undef NCURSES_970530
+dnl
+dnl /*=== End new stuff for acconfig.h ===*/
+dnl
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_CURSES],[
+ search_ncurses=true
+ screen_manager=""
+ has_curses=false
+
+ CFLAGS=${CFLAGS--O}
+
+ AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR)
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(sco,
+ [ --with-sco Use this to turn on SCO-specific code],[
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(SCO_FLAVOR)
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SVID3"
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(sunos-curses,
+ [ --with-sunos-curses Used to force SunOS 4.x curses],[
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(osf1-curses,
+ [ --with-osf1-curses Used to force OSF/1 curses],[
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(vcurses,
+ [ --with-vcurses[=incdir] Used to force SysV curses],
+ if test x$withval != xyes; then
+ CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval"
+ fi
+ AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES
+ )
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses,
+ [ --with-ncurses[=dir] Compile with ncurses/locate base dir],
+ if test x$withval = xno ; then
+ search_ncurses=false
+ elif test x$withval != xyes ; then
+ CURSES_LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval/lib -lncurses"
+ CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval/include"
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager="ncurses"
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ fi
+ )
+
+ if $search_ncurses
+ then
+ AC_SEARCH_NCURSES()
+ fi
+
+
+])
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES], [
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager="SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses)
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_SUNOS_CURSES)
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+ CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I/usr/5include"
+ CURSES_LIBS="/usr/5lib/libcurses.a /usr/5lib/libtermcap.a"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES], [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OSF1 curses)
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager="OSF1 curses"
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+ CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES], [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SysV curses)
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager="SysV/curses"
+ CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
+])
+
+dnl AC_ARG_WITH(bsd-curses,
+dnl [--with-bsd-curses Used to compile with bsd curses, not very fancy],
+dnl search_ncurses=false
+dnl screen_manager="Ultrix/cursesX"
+dnl if test $system = ULTRIX
+dnl then
+dnl THIS_CURSES=cursesX
+dnl else
+dnl THIS_CURSES=curses
+dnl fi
+dnl
+dnl CURSES_LIBS="-l$THIS_CURSES -ltermcap"
+dnl AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+dnl has_curses=true
+dnl AC_DEFINE(USE_BSD_CURSES)
+dnl AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
+dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Use of the bsdcurses extension has some)
+dnl AC_MSG_WARN(display/input problems.)
+dnl AC_MSG_WARN(Reconsider using xcurses)
+dnl)
+
+
+dnl
+dnl Parameters: directory filename cureses_LIBS curses_INCLUDEDIR nicename
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AC_NCURSES], [
+ if $search_ncurses
+ then
+ if test -f $1/$2
+ then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(Found ncurses on $1/$2)
+ CURSES_LIBS="$3"
+ CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$4"
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager=$5
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_SEARCH_NCURSES], [
+ AC_CHECKING("location of ncurses.h file")
+
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/include, ncurses.h, -lncurses,, "ncurses on /usr/include")
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include, "ncurses on /usr/local")
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/local/lib/ncurses -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/local/include/ncurses")
+
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, curses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/local/.../ncurses")
+
+ AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, curses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
+
+ dnl
+ dnl We couldn't find ncurses, try SysV curses
+ dnl
+ if $search_ncurses
+ then
+ AC_EGREP_HEADER(init_color, /usr/include/curses.h,
+ AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+ AC_EGREP_CPP(USE_NCURSES,[
+#include <curses.h>
+#ifdef __NCURSES_H
+#undef USE_NCURSES
+USE_NCURSES
+#endif
+],[
+ CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$CURSES_INCLUDEDIR -DRENAMED_NCURSES"
+ AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+ has_curses=true
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+ search_ncurses=false
+ screen_manager="ncurses installed as curses"
+])
+ fi
+
+ dnl
+ dnl Try SunOS 4.x /usr/5{lib,include} ncurses
+ dnl The flags USE_SUNOS_CURSES, USE_BSD_CURSES and BUGGY_CURSES
+ dnl should be replaced by a more fine grained selection routine
+ dnl
+ if $search_ncurses
+ then
+ if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h
+ then
+ AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+ fi
+ else
+ # check for ncurses version, to properly ifdef mouse-fix
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ncurses version)
+ ncurses_version=unknown
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+[#]line __oline__ "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#ifdef RENAMED_NCURSES
+#include <curses.h>
+#else
+#include <ncurses.h>
+#endif
+#undef VERSION
+VERSION:NCURSES_VERSION
+EOF
+ if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AC_FD_CC |
+ egrep "VERSION:" >conftest.out 2>&1; then
+changequote(,)dnl
+ ncurses_version=`cat conftest.out|sed -e 's/^[^"]*"//' -e 's/".*//'`
+changequote([,])dnl
+ fi
+ rm -rf conftest*
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($ncurses_version)
+ case "$ncurses_version" in
+changequote(,)dnl
+ 4.[01])
+changequote([,])dnl
+ AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,2)
+ ;;
+ 1.9.9g)
+ AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,1)
+ ;;
+ 1*)
+ AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,0)
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+])
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..daa109c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+# Configure paths for Bonobo
+# Miguel de Icaza, 99-04-12
+# Stolen from Chris Lahey 99-2-5
+# stolen from Manish Singh again
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_BONOBO ([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for Bonobo, and define BONOBO_CFLAGS and BONOBO_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_BONOBO],
+[
+dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gnome-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(bonobo-prefix,[ --with-bonobo-prefix=PFX Prefix where Bonobo is installed (optional)],
+ bonobo_prefix="$withval", bonobo_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(bonobo-exec-prefix,[ --with-bonobo-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where Bonobo is installed (optional)],
+ bonobo_exec_prefix="$withval", bonobo_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(bonobotest, [ --disable-bonobotest Do not try to compile and run a test Bonobo program],
+ , enable_bonobotest=yes)
+
+ if test x$bonobo_exec_prefix != x ; then
+ bonobo_args="$bonobo_args --exec-prefix=$bonobo_exec_prefix"
+ if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ GNOME_CONFIG=$bonobo_exec_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test x$bonobo_prefix != x ; then
+ bonobo_args="$bonobo_args --prefix=$bonobo_prefix"
+ if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ GNOME_CONFIG=$bonobo_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+ min_bonobo_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.1.0,$1)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for BONOBO - version >= $min_bonobo_version)
+ no_bonobo=""
+ if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ no_bonobo=yes
+ else
+ BONOBO_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonoboconf_args --cflags bonobo bonobox`
+ BONOBO_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonoboconf_args --libs bonobo bonobox`
+
+ bonobo_major_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ bonobo_minor_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ bonobo_micro_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_config_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ if test "x$enable_bonobotest" = "xyes" ; then
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $BONOBO_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $BONOBO_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed BONOBO is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gnome-config to some extent
+dnl
+ rm -f conf.bonobotest
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <bonobo.h>
+
+static char*
+my_strdup (char *str)
+{
+ char *new_str;
+
+ if (str)
+ {
+ new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
+ strcpy (new_str, str);
+ }
+ else
+ new_str = NULL;
+
+ return new_str;
+}
+
+int main ()
+{
+ int major, minor, micro;
+ char *tmp_version;
+
+ system ("touch conf.bonobotest");
+ bonobo_object_get_type ();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+],, no_bonobo=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "x$no_bonobo" = x ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ echo "*** The gnome-config script installed by GNOME-LIBS could not be found"
+ echo "*** If BONOBO was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+ echo "*** your path, or set the GNOME_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+ echo "*** full path to gnome-config."
+ else
+ if test -f conf.bonobotest ; then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "*** Could not run BONOBO test program, checking why..."
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $BONOBO_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $BONOBO_LIBS"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <bonobo/gnome-object.h>
+], [ return 0; ],
+ [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+ echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding BONOBO or finding the wrong"
+ echo "*** version of BONOBO. If it is not finding BONOBO, you'll need to set your"
+ echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+ echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+ echo "*** is required on your system"
+ echo "***"
+ echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+ echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+ [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+ echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means BONOBO was incorrectly installed"
+ echo "*** or that you have moved BONOBO since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+ echo "*** may want to edit the gnome-config script: $GNOME_CONFIG" ])
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ BONOBO_CFLAGS=""
+ BONOBO_LIBS=""
+ ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(BONOBO_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(BONOBO_LIBS)
+ rm -f conf.bonobotest
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([BONOBO_CHECK], [
+ AM_PATH_BONOBO(0.1.0,,[AC_MSG_ERROR(BONOBO not found)])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_BONOBO_USES_OAF],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PATH_BONOBO])
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(if Bonobo uses OAF)
+ if ( gnome-config --libs bonobo | grep oaf ) > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ using_oaf="yes"
+ AC_DEFINE(BONOBO_USES_OAF)
+ else
+ using_oaf="no"
+ fi
+
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("$using_oaf")
+
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(BONOBO_USES_OAF, test x"using_oaf" = "xyes")
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-common.m4 b/macros/gnome-common.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83bb00d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-common.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# gnome-common.m4
+#
+# This only for packages that are not in the GNOME CVS tree.
+
+dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT],
+[
+ GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR)
+
+ ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c54d62b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+dnl GNOME_CHECK_CXX(not_found_string)
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX],
+[
+ # see if a C++ compiler exists and works
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])dnl
+ if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1]))
+ fi
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4 b/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8456f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS
+dnl
+dnl checks that are needed for the diskusage applet.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS],
+[
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/param.h sys/statfs.h sys/fstyp.h \
+mnttab.h mntent.h sys/statvfs.h sys/vfs.h sys/mount.h \
+sys/filsys.h sys/fs_types.h sys/fs/s5param.h)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bcopy endgrent endpwent fchdir ftime ftruncate \
+getcwd getmntinfo gettimeofday isascii lchown \
+listmntent memcpy mkfifo strchr strerror strrchr vprintf)
+
+dnl Set some defaults when cross-compiling
+
+if test x$cross_compiling = xyes ; then
+ case "$host_os" in
+ linux*)
+ fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=yes
+ fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes
+ ;;
+ sunos*)
+ fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Determine how to get the list of mounted filesystems.
+list_mounted_fs=
+
+# If the getmntent function is available but not in the standard library,
+# make sure LIBS contains -lsun (on Irix4) or -lseq (on PTX).
+AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
+
+# This test must precede the ones for getmntent because Unicos-9 is
+# reported to have the getmntent function, but its support is incompatible
+# with other getmntent implementations.
+
+# NOTE: Normally, I wouldn't use a check for system type as I've done for
+# `CRAY' below since that goes against the whole autoconf philosophy. But
+# I think there is too great a chance that some non-Cray system has a
+# function named listmntent to risk the false positive.
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# Cray UNICOS 9
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for listmntent of Cray/Unicos-9])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent,
+[fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=no
+AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+[#ifdef _CRAY
+yes
+#endif
+], [test $ac_cv_func_listmntent = yes \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=yes]
+)
+]
+)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_getmntent = yes; then
+
+# This system has the getmntent function.
+# Determine whether it's the one-argument variant or the two-argument one.
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for one-argument getmntent function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1,
+[test $ac_cv_header_mntent_h = yes \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=yes \
+|| fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1 = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR4
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument getmntent function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2,
+[AC_EGREP_HEADER(getmntent, sys/mnttab.h,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2 = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine how to read list of mounted filesystems])
+fi
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# DEC Alpha running OSF/1.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getfsstat function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat,
+[AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>],
+[struct statfs *stats;
+int numsys = getfsstat ((struct statfs *)0, 0L, MNT_WAIT); ],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# AIX.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for mntctl function and struct vmount])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([#include <fshelp.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_VMOUNT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR3
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FIXME existence of three headers])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#include <sys/fstyp.h>
+#include <mnttab.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# 4.4BSD and DEC OSF/1.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmntinfo function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo,
+[
+ok=
+if test $ac_cv_func_getmntinfo = yes; then
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(f_type;, sys/mount.h,
+ok=yes)
+fi
+test -n "$ok" \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=yes \
+|| fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=no
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO)
+fi
+fi
+
+# FIXME: add a test for netbsd-1.1 here
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# Ultrix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmnt function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether it is possible to resort to fread on /etc/mnttab])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([#include <mnttab.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine how to read list of mounted filesystems])
+# FIXME -- no need to abort building the whole package
+# Cannot build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
+fi
+
+AC_CHECKING(how to get filesystem space usage)
+space=no
+
+# Perform only the link test since it seems there are no variants of the
+# statvfs function. This check is more than just AC_CHECK_FUNCS(statvfs)
+# because that got a false positive on SCO OSR5. Adding the declaration
+# of a `struct statvfs' causes this test to fail (as it should) on such
+# systems. That system is reported to work fine with STAT_STATFS4 which
+# is what it gets when this test fails.
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR4
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([statvfs function (SVR4)], fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs,
+[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>],
+[struct statvfs fsd; statvfs (0, &fsd);],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=no)])
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATVFS)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# DEC Alpha running OSF/1
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 3-argument statfs function (DEC OSF/1)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1 = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS3_OSF1)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# AIX
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.bsize dnl
+member (AIX, 4.3BSD)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_bsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR3
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for four-argument statfs (AIX-3.2.5, SVR3)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4 = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS4)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# 4.4BSD and NetBSD
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.fsize dnl
+member (4.4BSD and NetBSD)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# Ultrix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with struct fs_data (Ultrix)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct fs_data fsd;
+/* Ultrix's statfs returns 1 for success,
+0 for not mounted, -1 for failure. */
+return (statfs (".", &fsd) != 1);
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR2
+AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>],
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_READ_FILSYS) space=yes)
+fi
+
+if test -n "$list_mounted_fs" && test $space != no; then
+DF_PROG="df"
+# LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fsusage.o"
+# LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mountlist.o"
+fi
+
+# Check for SunOS statfs brokenness wrt partitions 2GB and larger.
+# If <sys/vfs.h> exists and struct statfs has a member named f_spare,
+# enable the work-around code in fsusage.c.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for statfs that truncates block counts])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#if !defined(sun) && !defined(__sun)
+choke -- this is a workaround for a Sun-specific problem
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>],
+[struct statfs t; long c = *(t.f_spare);],
+fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=no,
+)])
+if test $fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS)
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs)
+
+AC_CHECKING(for AFS)
+test -d /afs && AC_DEFINE(AFS)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-gettext.m4 b/macros/gnome-gettext.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b173b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-gettext.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# Modified to never use included libintl.
+# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
+#
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 5
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS],
+ [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+# AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+# AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+# AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+# [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+# AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+ dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+ dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+ CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+ [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+ [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
+ gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+ if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+ AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+ [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ DATADIRNAME=share],
+ [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+ DATADIRNAME=lib])
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
+ && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ INTLLIBS=-lintl
+ LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
+ [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
+ nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
+ dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
+ [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+ INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
+# if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
+# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
+# if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
+# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
+# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
+# fi
+# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+# CATOBJEXT=.cat
+# INSTOBJEXT=.cat
+# DATADIRNAME=lib
+# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+# fi
+ ])
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+ dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+ else
+ # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
+ CATOBJEXT=
+# dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+# INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+# AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+# CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+# INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+# DATADIRNAME=share
+# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+ fi
+
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+ : ;
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ else
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+ fi
+ AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
+ [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
+ sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
+ esac])
+
+
+# # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+# # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+# if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+# USE_NLS=yes
+# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+# fi
+
+ dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
+ dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+ dnl in configure.in.
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+ POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+ done
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+ AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+ AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+ ])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME_GETTEXT],
+ [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h sys/param.h])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+ fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+ fi
+
+ AM_LC_MESSAGES
+ AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS
+
+ if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+ if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+ LINGUAS=
+ else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+ NEW_LINGUAS=
+ if test "x$LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+ LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS
+ fi
+ for lang in $LINGUAS; do
+ case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+ *\ $lang\ *|$lang\ *|*\ $lang) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+ fi
+
+ dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+ if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+ dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+ dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+ else
+ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+ dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+ dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+ dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+ test -d intl || mkdir intl
+ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+ dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+ dnl cannot handle comments.
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
+ fi
+ dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+ sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+ $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
+
+ dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+ dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
+ dnl packages.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+ GT_NO="#NO#"
+ GT_YES=
+ else
+ GT_NO=
+ GT_YES="#YES#"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+ AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
+ dnl Try to locate is.
+ MKINSTALLDIRS=
+ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+ dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+ l=
+ AC_SUBST(l)
+
+ dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+ dnl be included in po/Makefile.
+ test -d po || mkdir po
+ if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+ if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+ posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+ fi
+ else
+ posrcprefix="../"
+ fi
+ rm -f po/POTFILES
+ sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+ ])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ecacaaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GHTTP_CHECK],[
+ AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_INIT_HOOK])
+ GHTTP_LIB=
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect,,[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket,connect,
+ GHTTP_LIB="-lsocket $GHTTP_LIB",,$GHTTP_LIB)])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname,,[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl,gethostbyname,
+ GHTTP_LIB="-lnsl $GHTTP_LIB",,$GHTTP_LIB)])
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(ghttp, ghttp_request_new,
+ GHTTP_LIB="-lghttp $GHTTP_LIB",GHTTP_LIB="",-L$gnome_prefix $GHTTP_LIB)
+ AC_SUBST(GHTTP_LIB)
+ AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_GHTTP_CHECK])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dbac0a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK (script-if-gnorba-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "failure" it aborts if gnorba is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK],[
+ GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK([],$2)
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gnorba libraries],gnome_cv_gnorba_found,[
+ gnome_cv_gnorba_found=no
+ if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+ GNORBA_CFLAGS="`gnome-config --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+ GNORBA_LIBS="`gnome-config --libs gnorba gnomeui`"
+ if test -n "$GNORBA_LIBS"; then
+ gnome_cv_gnorba_found=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+ ])
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNORBA, test x$gnome_cv_gnorba_found = xyes)
+ if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+ $1
+ GNORBA_CFLAGS="`gnome-config --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+ GNORBA_LIBS="`gnome-config --libs gnorba gnomeui`"
+ AC_SUBST(GNORBA_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(GNORBA_LIBS)
+ else
+ if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(gnorba library not installed or installation problem)
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK], [
+ GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..102351cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_CHECK_GUILE (failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_CHECK_GUILE will abort if guile is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_GUILE],
+[
+dnl AC_MSG_WARN([Withval is: $withval])
+ guile_msg = 'Huh?'
+if test x$withval = xno ; then
+ guile_msg = 'disabled'
+ GUILE_LIBS=
+ GUILE_INCS=
+ AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GUILE_INCS)
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(GUILE, /bin/false)
+else
+ guile_msg="no"
+
+ saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+ saved_cppflags="$CPPFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GNOME_LIBDIR"
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(qthreads,qt_null,[
+ QTTHREADS_LIB="-lqthreads"
+ ],[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(qt, qt_null, QTTHREADS_LIB="-lqt")
+ ],$LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(QTTHREADS_LIB)
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(termcap,main,TERMCAP_LIB="-ltermcap")
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(readline,main,READLINE_LIB="-lreadline",,$TERMCAP_LIB)
+
+ AC_SUBST(TERMCAP_LIB)
+ AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIB)
+
+ if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes" ; then
+ name_build_guile="$target_alias-guile-config"
+ else
+ name_build_guile="guile-config"
+ fi
+
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(BUILD_GUILE, $name_build_guile, yes, no)
+
+ if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $name_build_guile works)
+ if test x`$name_build_guile --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || \
+ echo no` = xno; then
+ BUILD_GUILE=no
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_GUILE)
+ else
+
+ if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes" ; then
+ name_build_guile="$target_alias-build-guile"
+ else
+ name_build_guile="build-guile"
+ fi
+
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(BUILD_GUILE, $name_build_guile, yes, no)
+
+ if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $name_build_guile works)
+ if test x`$name_build_guile --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || \
+ echo no` = xno; then
+ BUILD_GUILE=no
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_GUILE)
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(m, sin)
+
+ if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for guile libraries)
+ GUILE_LIBS="`$name_build_guile link`"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_LIBS)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for guile headers)
+ GUILE_INCS="`$name_build_guile compile`"
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_INCS)
+ else
+ GUILE_LIBS="$GNOME_LIBDIR"
+ GUILE_INCS="$GNOME_INCLUDEDIR"
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(rx, main, GUILE_LIBS="-lrx $GUILE_LIBS")
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(qt, qt_null, GUILE_LIBS="-lqt $GUILE_LIBS")
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, GUILE_LIBS="-ldl $GUILE_LIBS")
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, t_accept, GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LIBS -lnsl")
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LIBS -lsocket")
+ GUILE_LIBS="-lguile $GUILE_LIBS $QTTHREADS_LIB $READLINE_LIB $TERMCAP_LIB"
+ fi
+
+ AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GUILE_INCS)
+
+ saved_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $GUILE_LIBS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$saved_cppflags $GUILE_INCS"
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether guile works)
+ AC_TRY_LINK([
+ #include <libguile.h>
+ #include <guile/gh.h>
+ ],[
+ gh_eval_str("(newline)");
+ scm_boot_guile(0,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ ],[
+ ac_cv_guile_found=yes
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GUILE)
+ ],[
+ ac_cv_guile_found=no
+ ])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_guile_found)
+
+ guile_msg=$ac_cv_guile_found
+
+ if test x$ac_cv_guile_found = xno ; then
+ if test x$1 = xfail ; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Can not find Guile on this system)
+ else
+ AC_MSG_WARN(Can not find Guile on this system)
+ fi
+ ac_cv_guile_found=no
+ GUILE_LIBS= GUILE_INCS=
+ fi
+
+ LIBS="$saved_LIBS"
+ LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
+ CPPFLAGS="$saved_cppflags"
+
+ AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(GUILE, test x$ac_cv_guile_found = xyes)
+fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b4e1745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+dnl
+dnl LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE
+dnl
+dnl Improved version of AC_CHECK_TYPE which takes into account
+dnl that we need to #include some other header files on some
+dnl systems to get some types.
+
+dnl AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(TYPE, DEFAULT)
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_type_$1,
+[AC_EGREP_CPP(dnl
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+<<(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])$1[^a-zA-Z_0-9]>>dnl
+changequote([,]), [#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For Tru64 */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H
+#include <sys/bitypes.h>
+#endif
+], ac_cv_type_$1=yes, ac_cv_type_$1=no)])dnl
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_type_$1)
+if test $ac_cv_type_$1 = no; then
+ AC_DEFINE($1, $2)
+fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES
+dnl
+dnl some typechecks for libgtop.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES],
+[
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/bitypes.h)
+ AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(u_int64_t, unsigned long long int)
+ AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(int64_t, signed long long int)
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK (minversion, script-if-libgtop-enabled, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK will abort if LibGTop
+dnl is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES])
+
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_LIBDIR)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INCLUDEDIR)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_EXTRA_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INCS)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_NAMES_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_NAMES_INCS)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_VERSION)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INTERFACE_AGE)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_BINARY_AGE)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_BINDIR)
+ AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_SERVER)
+
+ dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the libgtop-config script
+ dnl
+ AC_ARG_WITH(libgtop,
+ [ --with-libgtop=PFX Prefix where LIBGTOP is installed (optional)],
+ libgtop_config_prefix="$withval", libgtop_config_prefix="")
+ AC_ARG_WITH(libgtop-exec,
+ [ --with-libgtop-exec=PFX Exec prefix where LIBGTOP is installed (optional)],
+ libgtop_config_exec_prefix="$withval", libgtop_config_exec_prefix="")
+
+ if test x$libgtop_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+ libgtop_config_args="$libgtop_config_args --exec-prefix=$libgtop_config_exec_prefix"
+ if test x${LIBGTOP_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ LIBGTOP_CONFIG=$libgtop_config_exec_prefix/bin/libgtop-config
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test x$libgtop_config_prefix != x ; then
+ libgtop_config_args="$libgtop_config_args --prefix=$libgtop_config_prefix"
+ if test x${LIBGTOP_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ LIBGTOP_CONFIG=$libgtop_config_prefix/bin/libgtop-config
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_PATH_PROG(LIBGTOP_CONFIG, libgtop-config, no)
+ dnl IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ dnl If you increase this number here, this means that *ALL*
+ dnl modules will require the new version, even if they explicitly
+ dnl give a lower number in their `configure.in' !!!
+ real_min_libgtop_version=1.0.0
+ min_libgtop_version=ifelse([$1], ,$real_min_libgtop_version,$1)
+ dnl I know, the following code looks really ugly, but if you want
+ dnl to make changes, please test it with a brain-dead /bin/sh and
+ dnl with a brain-dead /bin/test (not all shells/tests support the
+ dnl `<' operator to compare strings, that's why I convert everything
+ dnl into numbers and test them).
+ min_libgtop_major=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ min_libgtop_minor=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ min_libgtop_micro=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ test x$min_libgtop_micro = x && min_libgtop_micro=0
+ real_min_libgtop_major=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ real_min_libgtop_minor=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ real_min_libgtop_micro=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ test x$real_min_libgtop_micro = x && real_min_libgtop_micro=0
+ dnl You cannot require a version less then $real_min_libgtop_version,
+ dnl so you don't need to update each `configure.in' when it's increased.
+ if test $real_min_libgtop_major -gt $min_libgtop_major ; then
+ min_libgtop_major=$real_min_libgtop_major
+ min_libgtop_minor=$real_min_libgtop_minor
+ min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+ elif test $real_min_libgtop_major = $min_libgtop_major ; then
+ if test $real_min_libgtop_minor -gt $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+ min_libgtop_minor=$real_min_libgtop_minor
+ min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+ elif test $real_min_libgtop_minor = $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+ if test $real_min_libgtop_micro -gt $min_libgtop_micro ; then
+ min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ min_libgtop_version="$min_libgtop_major.$min_libgtop_minor.$min_libgtop_micro"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for libgtop - version >= $min_libgtop_version)
+ no_libgtop=""
+ if test "$LIBGTOP_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ no_libgtop=yes
+ else
+ configfile=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --config`
+ libgtop_major_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ libgtop_minor_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ libgtop_micro_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ if test $libgtop_major_version != $min_libgtop_major ; then
+ no_libgtop=mismatch
+ else
+ test $libgtop_minor_version -lt $min_libgtop_minor && no_libgtop=yes
+ if test $libgtop_minor_version = $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+ test $libgtop_micro_version -lt $min_libgtop_micro && no_libgtop=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+ . $configfile
+ fi
+ if test x$no_libgtop = x ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGTOP)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_VERSION, "$LIBGTOP_VERSION")
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE, $LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ dnl Note that an empty true branch is not valid sh syntax.
+ ifelse([$2], [], :, [$2])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ if test "$no_libgtop"x = mismatchx; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(LibGTop major version mismatch $libgtop_major_version != $min_libgtop_major)
+ fi
+ if test "x$3" = "xfail"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(LibGTop >= $min_libgtop_version not found)
+ else
+ AC_MSG_WARN(LibGTop >= $min_libgtop_version not found)
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBGTOP, test x$no_libgtop != xyes)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP],[
+ GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK($1,[ifelse([$3], [], :, [$3])],$2)
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU
+dnl
+dnl checks whether the documentation of LibGTop is installed
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK])
+
+ helpdir="$LIBGTOP_DATADIR/gnome/help/libgtop"
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether you have the LibGTop Documentation)
+
+ if test -f "$helpdir/C/topic.dat" ; then
+ have_libgtop_docu=yes
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU)
+ else
+ have_libgtop_docu=no
+ fi
+
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($have_libgtop_docu)
+
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU, test x$have_libgtop_docu = xyes)
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c69acb07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_OBJC],
+[
+dnl Look for an ObjC compiler.
+dnl FIXME: extend list of possible names of ObjC compilers.
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC egcs, "")
+ if test "x$OBJC" = "x" ; then
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC egcc, "")
+ if test "x$OBJC" = "x" ; then
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC gcc, "")
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+
+ OBJC_LIBS="-lobjc $PTHREAD_LIB"
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(sched_yield,,[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(rt,sched_yield,
+ OBJC_LIBS="$OBJC_LIBS -lrt",[
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(posix4,sched_yield,
+ OBJC_LIBS="$OBJC_LIBS -lposix4",,
+ $OBJC_LIBS)],
+ $OBJC_LIBS)])
+ AC_SUBST(OBJC_LIBS)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Objective C compiler ($OBJC) works],
+ ac_cv_prog_objc_works, [
+ if test -n "$OBJC"; then
+ cat > conftest.m <<EOF
+#include <objc/Object.h>
+@interface myRandomObj : Object
+{
+}
+@end
+@implementation myRandomObj
+@end
+int main () {
+ /* No, you are not seeing double. Remember that square brackets
+ are the autoconf m4 quotes. */
+ id myid = [[myRandomObj alloc]];
+ [[myid free]];
+ return 0;
+}
+EOF
+
+ $OBJC $CFLAGS -o conftest $LDFLAGS conftest.m $OBJC_LIBS 1>&AC_FD_CC 2>&1
+ result=$?
+ rm -f conftest*
+
+ if test $result -eq 0; then
+ ac_cv_prog_objc_works=yes
+ fi
+ else
+ ac_cv_prog_objc_works=no
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(OBJECTIVE_C, test x$ac_cv_prog_objc_works = xyes)
+ dnl Also set the shell variable OBJECTIVE_C to "yes" or "no".
+ OBJECTIVE_C=$ac_cv_prog_objc_works
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_OBJC],
+[
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for an obGnomeConf.sh)
+ my_gnome_libdir=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libdir`
+ if test -f $my_gnome_libdir/obGnomeConf.sh; then
+ . $my_gnome_libdir/obGnomeConf.sh
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(found $my_gnome_libdir)
+ ac_cv_have_gnome_objc=yes
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
+ AC_MSG_WARN(Could not find the obGnomeConf.sh file that is generated by gnome-objc install)
+ ac_cv_have_gnome_objc=no
+ fi
+
+ dnl Add a conditional on whether or not we have gnome-objc
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNOME_OBJC, test x$ac_cv_have_gnome_objc = xyes)
+ HAVE_GNOME_OBJC=$ac_cv_have_gnome_objc
+
+ AC_SUBST(OBGNOME_INCLUDEDIR)
+ AC_SUBST(OBGNOME_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(OBGTK_LIBS)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54bf33aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK (script-if-orbit-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "failure" it aborts if orbit is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK],[
+ AC_PATH_PROG(ORBIT_CONFIG,orbit-config,no)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(ORBIT_IDL,orbit-idl,no)
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working ORBit environment],gnome_cv_orbit_found,[
+ if test x$ORBIT_CONFIG = xno -o x$ORBIT_IDL = xno; then
+ gnome_cv_orbit_found=no
+ else
+ gnome_cv_orbit_found=yes
+ fi
+ ])
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_ORBIT, test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes)
+ if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+ $1
+ ORBIT_CFLAGS=`orbit-config --cflags client server`
+ ORBIT_LIBS=`orbit-config --use-service=name --libs client server`
+ AC_SUBST(ORBIT_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(ORBIT_LIBS)
+ else
+ if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(ORBit not installed or installation problem)
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_ORBIT_CHECK], [
+ GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-pilot.m4 b/macros/gnome-pilot.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8ce9606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-pilot.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_PILOT_HOOK(script if found, fail)
+dnl if fail = "failure", abort if gnome-pilot not found
+dnl
+
+dnl
+dnl
+
+GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS=
+GNOME_PILOT_LIBS=
+PISOCK_CFLAGS=
+PISOCK_LIBS=
+
+AC_SUBST(GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(GNOME_PILOT_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(PISOCK_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(PISOCK_LIBS)
+
+AC_DEFUN([PILOT_LINK_HOOK],[
+ AC_ARG_WITH(pisock,
+ [ --with-pisock Specify prefix for pisock files],[
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ dnl Note that an empty true branch is not valid sh syntax.
+ ifelse([$1], [], :, [$1])
+ else
+ PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I$withval/include"
+ incdir="$withval/include"
+ PISOCK_LIBS="-L$withval/lib -lpisock"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING("for existance of $withval/lib/libpisock.so")
+ if test -r $withval/lib/libpisock.so; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("yes")
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find libpisock. Try ftp://ryeham.ee.ryerson.ca/pub/PalmOS/.")
+ fi
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test x$PISOCK_CFLAGS = x; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(pi-version.h, [incdir="/usr/include"], [
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER(libpisock/pi-version.h, [PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I/usr/include/libpisock"
+ piversion_include="libpisock/pi-version.h"
+ incdir="/usr/include/libpisock"
+ ], [
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER($prefix/include/pi-version.h, [PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I$prefix/include/libpisock"
+ piversion_include="$prefix/include/pi-version.h"
+ if test x$PISOCK_LIBDIR = x; then
+ incdir="$prefix/include"
+ PISOCK_LIBS="-L$prefix/lib -lpisock"
+ fi ],
+ AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find pi-version.h"))
+ ])
+ ])
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$PISOCK_LIBS" = "x"; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(pisock, pi_accept, [ PISOCK_LIBS=-lpisock ],
+ [ AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find libpisock. Try ftp://ryeham.ee.ryerson.ca/pub/PalmOS/.") ])
+ fi
+
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(pilotlinktest,
+ [ --enable-pilotlinktest Test for correct version of pilot-link],
+ [testplversion=$enableval],
+ [ testplversion=yes ]
+ )
+
+ if test x$piversion_include = x; then
+ piversion_include="pi-version.h"
+ fi
+
+ pi_version=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_VERSION|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_VERSION \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ pi_major=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_MAJOR|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_MAJOR \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ pi_minor=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_MINOR|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_MINOR \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ pi_patch=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_PATCH|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_PATCH \"\(.*\)\"/\1/'`
+
+ PILOT_LINK_VERSION="$pi_version.$pi_major.$pi_minor$pi_patch"
+
+ if test x$testplversion = xyes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for pilot-link version >= $1)
+ pl_ve=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ pl_ma=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ pl_mi=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ CFLAGS_save="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PISOCK_CFLAGS"
+ AC_TRY_RUN(
+ [
+ #include <$piversion_include>
+ int main(int argc,char *argv[]) {
+ if (PILOT_LINK_VERSION == $pl_ve) {
+ if (PILOT_LINK_MAJOR == $pl_ma) {
+ if (PILOT_LINK_MINOR >= $pl_mi) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ } else if (PILOT_LINK_MAJOR > $pl_ma) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ } else if (PILOT_LINK_VERSION > $pl_ve) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
+ ],
+ [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (found $PILOT_LINK_VERSION))],
+ [AC_MSG_ERROR("pilot-link >= $1 required")],
+ [AC_MSG_WARN("No action taken for crosscompile")]
+ )
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS_save"
+ fi
+
+ unset piversion_include
+ unset pi_verion
+ unset pi_major
+ unset pi_minor
+ unset pi_patch
+ unset incdir
+ unset pl_mi
+ unset pl_ma
+ unset pl_ve
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([PILOT_LINK_CHECK],[
+ PILOT_LINK_HOOK($1,[],nofailure)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PILOT_HOOK],[
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gnome-pilot environment],gnome_cv_pilot_found,[
+ if test "x$GNOME_CONFIG" = "xno"; then
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+ else
+ # gnome-config doesn't return a useful error status,
+ # so we check if it outputs anything to stderr
+ if test "x`$GNOME_CONFIG gpilot 2>&1 > /dev/null`" = "x"; then
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=yes
+ else
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+ fi
+ fi
+ ])
+ if test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes; then
+ if test x$1 != x; then
+ gpv_pre_found=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion gpilot`
+ gpv_found=`echo $gpv_pre_found | sed 's/gnome-pilot-\(.*\)/\1/'`
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([gnome-pilot version ($1)])
+ gpv_major=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ gpv_minor=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ gpv_patch=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ gpv_ma=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ gpv_mi=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ gpv_pa=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+
+ if test $gpv_major -eq $gpv_ma; then
+ if test $gpv_minor -eq $gpv_mi; then
+ if test $gpv_patch -ge $gpv_pa; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (found $gpv_found)])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([too old (found $gpv_found)])
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+ fi
+ elif test $gpv_minor -gt $gpv_mi; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (found $gpv_found)])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([too old (found $gpv_found)])
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+ fi
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([major version mismatch (found $gpv_found)])
+ gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+ fi
+ unset gpv_pre_found
+ unset gpv_found
+ unset gpv_major
+ unset gpv_minor
+ unset gpv_patch
+ unset gpv_ma
+ unset gpv_mi
+ unset gpv_pa
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNOME_PILOT,test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes)
+ if test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes; then
+ PILOT_LINK_CHECK($2)
+ GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS=`gnome-config --cflags gpilot`
+ GNOME_PILOT_LIBS=`gnome-config --libs gpilot`
+ else
+ if test x$3 = xfail; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([gnome-pilot development package not installed or installation problem])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_WARN([gnome-pilot development package not installed or installation problem])
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PILOT_CHECK],[
+ if test x$1 = x; then
+ gpv=[]
+ else
+ gpv=$1
+ fi
+ if test x$2 = x; then
+ plv=0.9.5
+ else
+ plv=$2
+ fi
+ if test x$3 = x; then
+ good=[]
+ else
+ good=$3
+ fi
+
+ GNOME_PILOT_HOOK($gpv, $plv, $good)
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-print-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-print-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..968fcc01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-print-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# Configure paths for GNOME-PRINT
+# Chris Lahey 99-2-5
+# stolen from Manish Singh again
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for GNOME-PRINT, and define GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS and GNOME_PRINT_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT],
+[
+ min_version=ifelse([$1],,0.21,$1)
+
+ gnome_print_ok=""
+
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+ if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(gnome-config is missing, check your gnome installation)
+ else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME-PRINT - version >= $min_version)
+ if `$GNOME_CONFIG --libs print > /dev/null 2>&1`; then
+ rqmajor=`echo "$min_version" | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\1/'`
+ rqminor=`echo "$min_version" | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\2/'`
+ major=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion print | sed -e 's/gnome-print-//' | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\1/'`
+ minor=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion print | sed -e 's/gnome-print-//' | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\2/'`
+ if test "$major" -ge "$rqmajor"; then
+ if test "$major" -gt "$rqmajor"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("found $major.$minor")
+ gnome_print_ok="yes"
+ else
+ if test "$minor" -ge "$rqminor"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("found $major.$minor")
+ gnome_print_ok="yes"
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("you have $major.$minor")
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("you have $major.$minor")
+ fi
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT("did not find any version")
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "x$gnome_print_ok" != "x" ; then
+ GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags print`
+ GNOME_PRINT_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs print`
+ ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+ else
+ GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS=""
+ GNOME_PRINT_LIBS=""
+ ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+ fi
+
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_PRINT_LIBS)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PRINT_CHECK], [
+ AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT($1,,[AC_MSG_ERROR(GNOME-PRINT not found or wrong version)])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a1afee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+dnl
+dnl And better, use gthreads instead...
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK],[
+ PTHREAD_LIB=""
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread",
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthreads",
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lc_r",
+ [AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_attr_init_system, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread",
+ [AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_create)]
+ )]
+ )]
+ )]
+ )
+ AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIB)
+ AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-support.m4 b/macros/gnome-support.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c1d0498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-support.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+dnl GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS
+dnl Check for various support functions needed by the standard
+dnl Gnome libraries. Sets LIBOBJS, might define some macros.
+dnl This should only be used when building the Gnome libs;
+dnl Gnome clients should not need this macro.
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS],[
+ # we need an `awk' to build `gnomesupport.h'
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])
+
+ # this should go away soon
+ need_gnome_support=yes
+
+ save_LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS"
+ LIBOBJS=
+
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long,,LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt.o getopt1.o")
+
+ # for `scandir'
+ AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+
+ # copied from `configure.in' of `libiberty'
+ vars="program_invocation_short_name program_invocation_name sys_errlist"
+ for v in $vars; do
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $v])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(gnome_cv_var_$v,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([int *p;], [extern int $v; p = &$v;],
+ [eval "gnome_cv_var_$v=yes"],
+ [eval "gnome_cv_var_$v=no"])])
+ if eval "test \"`echo '$gnome_cv_var_'$v`\" = yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ n=HAVE_`echo $v | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($n)
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ fi
+ done
+
+ AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memmove mkstemp scandir strcasecmp strerror strndup strnlen)
+ AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtok_r strtod strtol strtoul vasprintf vsnprintf)
+
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(realpath,,LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS canonicalize.o")
+
+ # to include `error.c' error.c has some HAVE_* checks
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(vprintf doprnt strerror_r)
+ AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
+
+ # This is required if we declare setreuid () and setregid ().
+ AC_TYPE_UID_T
+
+ # see if we need to declare some functions. Solaris is notorious for
+ # putting functions into the `libc' but not listing them in the headers
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h dirent.h)
+ GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS(gethostname setreuid setregid getpagesize)
+ GCC_NEED_DECLARATION(scandir,[
+#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+])
+
+ # Turn our LIBOBJS into libtool objects. This is gross, but it
+ # requires changes to autoconf before it goes away.
+ LTLIBOBJS=`echo "$LIBOBJS" | sed 's/\.o/.lo/g'`
+ AC_SUBST(need_gnome_support)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBOBJS)
+
+ LIBOBJS="$save_LIBOBJS"
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_GNOME_SUPPORT, test "$need_gnome_support" = yes)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4 b/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe031cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+dnl GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS
+dnl Check for ext2fs undel support.
+dnl Set shell variable ext2fs_undel to "yes" if we have it,
+dnl "no" otherwise. May define USE_EXT2FSLIB for cpp.
+dnl Will set EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS to required libraries.
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS], [
+ ext2fs_undel=no
+ EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS=
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(linux/ext2_fs.h)
+ if test x$ac_cv_header_linux_ext2_fs_h = xyes
+ then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ext2fs/ext2fs.h, , , [#include <stdio.h>
+#include <linux/ext2_fs.h>])
+ if test x$ac_cv_header_ext2fs_ext2fs_h = xyes
+ then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_EXT2FSLIB)
+ ext2fs_undel=yes
+ EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS="-lext2fs -lcom_err"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-vfs.m4 b/macros/gnome-vfs.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6dce3077
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-vfs.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+dnl GNOME_VFS_CHECKS
+dnl Check for various functions needed by libvfs.
+dnl This has various effects:
+dnl Sets GNOME_VFS_LIBS to libraries required
+dnl Sets termnet to true or false depending on whether it is required.
+dnl If yes, defines USE_TERMNET.
+dnl Sets vfs_flags to "pretty" list of vfs implementations we include.
+dnl Sets shell variable use_vfs to yes (default, --with-vfs) or
+dnl "no" (--without-vfs).
+dnl Calls AC_SUBST(mcserv), which is either empty or "mcserv".
+
+dnl Private define
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_WITH_VFS],[
+ dnl FIXME: network checks should probably be in their own macro.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, t_accept)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket)
+
+ have_socket=no
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(socket, have_socket=yes)
+ if test $have_socket = no; then
+ # socket is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
+ for lib in bsd socket inet; do
+ AC_CHECK_LIB($lib, socket, [
+ LIBS="$LIBS -l$lib"
+ have_socket=yes
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKET)
+ break])
+ done
+ fi
+
+ have_gethostbyname=no
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, have_gethostbyname=yes)
+ if test $have_gethostbyname = no; then
+ # gethostbyname is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
+ for lib in bsd socket inet; do
+ AC_CHECK_LIB($lib, gethostbyname, [LIBS="$LIBS -l$lib"; have_gethostbyname=yes; break])
+ done
+ fi
+
+ vfs_flags="tarfs"
+ use_net_code=false
+ if test $have_socket = yes; then
+ AC_STRUCT_LINGER
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pmap_set, , [
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(rpc, pmap_set, [
+ LIBS="-lrpc $LIBS"
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PMAP_SET)
+ ])])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pmap_getport pmap_getmaps rresvport)
+ dnl add for source routing support setsockopt
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(rpc/pmap_clnt.h, , , [
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <rpc/rpc.h>
+#include <rpc/pmap_prot.h>
+ ])
+ vfs_flags="$vfs_flags, mcfs, ftpfs, fish"
+ use_net_code=true
+ fi
+
+ dnl
+ dnl Samba support
+ dnl
+ smbfs=""
+ SAMBAFILES=""
+ AC_ARG_WITH(samba,
+ [--with-samba Support smb virtual file system],[
+ if test "x$withval" != "xno"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(WITH_SMBFS)
+ vfs_flags="$vfs_flags, smbfs"
+ smbfs="smbfs.o"
+ SAMBAFILES="\$(SAMBAFILES)"
+ fi
+ ])
+ AC_SUBST(smbfs)
+ AC_SUBST(SAMBAFILES)
+
+ dnl
+ dnl The termnet support
+ dnl
+ termnet=false
+ AC_ARG_WITH(termnet,
+ [--with-termnet If you want a termified net support],[
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMNET)
+ termnet=true
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ TERMNET=""
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_VFS)
+ if $use_net_code; then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_NETCODE)
+ fi
+ mcserv=
+ if test $have_socket = yes; then
+ mcserv="mcserv"
+ if $termnet; then
+ TERMNET="-ltermnet"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_SUBST(TERMNET)
+ AC_SUBST(mcserv)
+
+dnl FIXME:
+dnl GNOME_VFS_LIBS=
+
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_VFS_CHECKS],[
+ use_vfs=yes
+ AC_ARG_WITH(vfs,
+ [--with-vfs Compile with the VFS code],
+ use_vfs=$withval
+ )
+ case $use_vfs in
+ yes) GNOME_WITH_VFS;;
+ no) use_vfs=no;;
+ *) use_vfs=no;;
+ dnl Should we issue a warning?
+ esac
+])
+
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e397ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+dnl GNOME_X_CHECKS
+dnl
+dnl Basic X11 related checks for X11. At the end, the following will be
+dnl defined/changed:
+dnl GTK_{CFLAGS,LIBS} From AM_PATH_GTK
+dnl CPPFLAGS Will include $X_CFLAGS
+dnl GNOME_HAVE_SM `true' or `false' depending on whether session
+dnl management is available. It is available if
+dnl both -lSM and X11/SM/SMlib.h exist. (Some
+dnl Solaris boxes have the library but not the header)
+dnl XPM_LIBS -lXpm if Xpm library is present, otherwise ""
+dnl
+dnl The following configure cache variables are defined (but not used):
+dnl gnome_cv_passdown_{x_libs,X_LIBS,X_CFLAGS}
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_X_CHECKS],
+[
+ AM_PATH_GTK(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(GTK not installed, or gtk-config not in path))
+ dnl Hope that GTK_CFLAGS have only -I and -D. Otherwise, we could
+ dnl test -z "$x_includes" || CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$x_includes"
+ dnl
+ dnl Use CPPFLAGS instead of CFLAGS because AC_CHECK_HEADERS uses
+ dnl CPPFLAGS, not CFLAGS
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+
+ saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GTK_LIBS"
+
+ gnome_cv_passdown_x_libs="$GTK_LIBS"
+ gnome_cv_passdown_X_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS"
+ gnome_cv_passdown_X_CFLAGS="$GTK_CFLAGS"
+ gnome_cv_passdown_GTK_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS"
+
+ LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags $GTK_LIBS"
+
+dnl We are requiring GTK >= 1.1.1, which means this will be fine anyhow.
+ USE_DEVGTK=true
+
+dnl AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use features from (unstable) GTK+ 1.1.x])
+dnl AC_EGREP_CPP(answer_affirmatively,
+dnl [#include <gtk/gtkfeatures.h>
+dnl #ifdef GTK_HAVE_FEATURES_1_1_0
+dnl answer_affirmatively
+dnl #endif
+dnl ], dev_gtk=yes, dev_gtk=no)
+dnl if test "$dev_gtk" = "yes"; then
+dnl USE_DEVGTK=true
+dnl fi
+dnl AC_MSG_RESULT("$dev_gtk")
+
+ GNOME_HAVE_SM=true
+ case "$GTK_LIBS" in
+ *-lSM*)
+ dnl Already found it.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ dnl Assume that if we have -lSM then we also have -lICE.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcSaveYourselfDone,
+ [GTK_LIBS="-lSM -lICE $GTK_LIBS"],GNOME_HAVE_SM=false,
+ $x_libs -lICE)
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/SM/SMlib.h,,GNOME_HAVE_SM=false)
+ fi
+
+ if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM)
+ fi
+
+ XPM_LIBS=""
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(Xpm, XpmFreeXpmImage, [XPM_LIBS="-lXpm"], , $x_libs)
+ AC_SUBST(XPM_LIBS)
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+ LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
+
+ AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_X_CHECKS])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1caad100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_XML_HOOK (script-if-xml-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl If failflag is "failure", script aborts due to lack of XML
+dnl
+dnl Check for availability of the libxml library
+dnl the XML parser uses libz if available too
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_XML_HOOK],[
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+ if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = no; then
+ if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find gnome-config)
+ fi
+ fi
+ GNOME_XML_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags xml`
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_XML_CFLAGS)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(xml, xmlNewDoc, [
+ $1
+ GNOME_XML_LIB=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs xml`
+ ], [
+ if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not link sample xml program)
+ fi
+ ], `$GNOME_CONFIG --libs xml`)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_XML_LIB)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_XML_CHECK], [
+ GNOME_XML_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome.m4 b/macros/gnome.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d23de87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_INIT_HOOK (script-if-gnome-enabled, [failflag], [additional-inits])
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_INIT_HOOK will abort if gnomeConf.sh
+dnl is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_HOOK],[
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOMEUI_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GTKXMHTML_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(ZVT_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBDIR)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_INCLUDEDIR)
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-includes,
+ [ --with-gnome-includes Specify location of GNOME headers],[
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval"
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-libs,
+ [ --with-gnome-libs Specify location of GNOME libs],[
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval"
+ gnome_prefix=$withval
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(gnome,
+ [ --with-gnome Specify prefix for GNOME files],
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ want_gnome=yes
+ dnl Note that an empty true branch is not
+ dnl valid sh syntax.
+ ifelse([$1], [], :, [$1])
+ else
+ if test "x$withval" = xno; then
+ want_gnome=no
+ else
+ want_gnome=yes
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+ gnome_prefix=$withval/lib
+ fi
+ fi,
+ want_gnome=yes)
+
+ if test "x$want_gnome" = xyes; then
+
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+ if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no"; then
+ no_gnome_config="yes"
+ else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(if $GNOME_CONFIG works)
+ if $GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnome >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],$2)
+ GNOME_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnome`"
+ GNOMEUI_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnomeui`"
+ GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnorba gnomeui`"
+ GTKXMHTML_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gtkxmhtml`"
+ ZVT_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l zvt`"
+ GNOME_LIBDIR="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-L gnorba gnomeui`"
+ GNOME_INCLUDEDIR="`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+ $1
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ no_gnome_config="yes"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE; then
+ if test x$prefix = xNONE; then
+ gnome_prefix=$ac_default_prefix/lib
+ else
+ gnome_prefix=$prefix/lib
+ fi
+ else
+ gnome_prefix=`eval echo \`echo $libdir\``
+ fi
+
+ if test "$no_gnome_config" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for gnomeConf.sh file in $gnome_prefix)
+ if test -f $gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
+ echo "loading gnome configuration from" \
+ "$gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh"
+ . $gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh
+ $1
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
+ if test x$2 = xfail; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find the gnomeConf.sh file that is generated by gnome-libs install)
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$3"; then
+ n="$3"
+ for i in $n; do
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(extra library \"$i\")
+ case $i in
+ applets)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS)
+ GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l applets`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS);;
+ docklets)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS)
+ GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l docklets`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS);;
+ capplet)
+ AC_SUBST(GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS)
+ GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l capplet`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS);;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown library)
+ esac
+ EXTRA_INCLUDEDIR=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags $i`
+ GNOME_INCLUDEDIR="$GNOME_INCLUDEDIR $EXTRA_INCLUDEDIR"
+ done
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_INIT ([additional-inits])
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT],[
+ GNOME_INIT_HOOK([],fail,$1)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gperf-check.m4 b/macros/gperf-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3869459e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gperf-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+dnl
+dnl AC_PROG_GPERF (MINIMUM-VERSION)
+dnl
+dnl Check for availability of gperf.
+dnl Abort if not found or if current version is not up to par.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_GPERF],[
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GPERF, gperf, no)
+ if test "$GPERF" = no; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find gperf)
+ fi
+ min_gperf_version=ifelse([$1], ,2.7,$1)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for gperf - version >= $min_gperf_version)
+ gperf_major_version=`$GPERF --version | \
+ sed 's/GNU gperf \([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ gperf_minor_version=`$GPERF --version | \
+ sed 's/GNU gperf \([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ no_gperf=""
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed gperf is sufficiently new.
+dnl
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static char*
+my_strdup (char *str)
+{
+ char *new_str;
+
+ if (str)
+ {
+ new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
+ strcpy (new_str, str);
+ }
+ else
+ new_str = NULL;
+
+ return new_str;
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ char *tmp_version;
+
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+
+ /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+ tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_gperf_version");
+ if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor) != 2) {
+ printf ("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gperf_version");
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (($gperf_major_version > major) ||
+ (($gperf_major_version == major) && ($gperf_minor_version >= minor))) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ printf ("\n");
+ printf ("*** An old version of gperf ($gperf_major_version.$gperf_minor_version) was found.\n");
+ printf ("*** You need a version of gperf newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+ major, minor);
+ printf ("*** gperf is always available from ftp://ftp.gnu.org.\n");
+ printf ("***\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+],,no_gperf=yes,[/bin/true])
+ if test "x$no_gperf" = x ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ fi
+
+])
diff --git a/macros/linger.m4 b/macros/linger.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1c70603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/linger.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+dnl
+dnl Check for struct linger
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AC_STRUCT_LINGER], [
+av_struct_linger=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct linger is available)
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+struct linger li;
+
+int main ()
+{
+ li.l_onoff = 1;
+ li.l_linger = 120;
+ return 0;
+}
+],[
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_LINGER)
+av_struct_linger=yes
+],[
+av_struct_linger=no
+],[
+av_struct_linger=no
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($av_struct_linger)
+])
diff --git a/macros/need-declaration.m4 b/macros/need-declaration.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a217b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/need-declaration.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+dnl See whether we need a declaration for a function.
+dnl GCC_NEED_DECLARATION(FUNCTION [, EXTRA-HEADER-FILES])
+AC_DEFUN([GCC_NEED_DECLARATION],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 must be declared])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+$2],
+[char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1],
+eval "gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1=no", eval "gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1=yes")])
+if eval "test \"`echo '$gcc_cv_decl_needed_'$1`\" = yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ gcc_need_declarations="$gcc_need_declarations $1"
+ gcc_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo $1 | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($gcc_tr_decl)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])dnl
+
+dnl Check multiple functions to see whether each needs a declaration.
+dnl GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS(FUNCTION... [, EXTRA-HEADER-FILES])
+AC_DEFUN([GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS],
+[for ac_func in $1
+do
+GCC_NEED_DECLARATION($ac_func, $2)
+done
+]
+)
diff --git a/macros/psiconv.m4 b/macros/psiconv.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eaf56f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/psiconv.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+dnl
+dnl PSICONV_INIT
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([PSICONV_INIT],[
+ AC_SUBST(PSICONV_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(PSICONV_CFLAGS)
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv-includes,
+ [ --with-psiconv-includes Specify location of Psiconv headers],[
+ psiconv_cflags="-I$withval"
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv-libs,
+ [ --with-psiconv-libs Specify location of Psiconv libs],[
+ psiconv_libs="-L$withval"
+ ])
+
+ AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv,
+ [ --with-psiconv Enable/disable Psiconv support],
+ if test x$withval = xyes; then
+ want_psiconv=yes
+ else
+ if test "x$withval" = xno; then
+ want_psiconv=no
+ else
+ want_psiconv=yes
+ fi
+ fi,
+ want_psiconv=yes)
+
+
+ if test "$want_psiconv" = "yes"; then
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $psiconv_cflags"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $psiconv_libs"
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(psiconv,psiconv_parse,want_psiconv=yes,want_psiconv=no)
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+
+ if test "$want_psiconv" = "yes"; then
+ PSICONV_LIBS="${psiconv_libs} -lpsiconv"
+ PSICONV_CFLAGS="$psiconv_cflags"
+ with_psiconv=true
+ else
+ PSICONV_LIBS=""
+ PSICONV_CFLAGS=""
+ with_psiconv=false
+ fi
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(WITH_PSICONV,$with_psiconv)
+])